The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPROJECT MANUAL - 16-00044 - 525 S Center - 2nd E Parking - BYUIWOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY - IDAHO REXBURG, IDAHO Contract Documents January 15, 2016 FFKR Architects Bogue Building - 730 Pacific Avenue Salt Lake Ci' ph: ( 16-00044 fx: ( 2nd East Parking - BYU-Idaho Copy (3 of 4) ..: BYU IDAHO BYU IDAHO Women's Dormitory and New Parking Bid Documents 15 January 2016 Kim D. Clark University President Charles N. Andersen University Resources Vice President Wayne Clark, Managing Director University Operation Managing Director Rulon Nielsen Construction Management Services Jedd Walker Architecture and Planning Services Jeff Wynn Grounds WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS I INVITATION TO BID II NOTICE TO BIDDERS III BYU-IDAHO FORM OF PROPOSAL IV INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS V FORM OF CONTRACT VI GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR A FIXED SUM V l I SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - FIXED SUM VIII APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT DIVISION O1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 1000 SECTION 012200 SECTION 012500 SECTION 013 100 SECTION 013200 SECTION 013300 SECTION 014000 SECTION 015000 SECTION 015639 SECTION 016000 SECTION 017300 SECTION 01 7419 SECTION 01 7700 SECTION 017839 SUMMARY UNIT PRICES SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES QUALITY REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 4116 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE SECTION 03 3053 MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 1426 METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK SECTION 31 1000 SITE CLEARING SECTION 312000 EARTH MOVING 15067 (1/15/16) TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 32 1373 SECTION 32 1443 SECTION 32 1713 SECTION 32 3119 SECTION 32 8400 SECTION 32 9113 SECTION 32 9300 APPENDIX CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS POROUS UNIT PAVING PARKING BUMPERS DECORATIVE METAL FENCES IRRIGATION SOIL PREPARATION PLANTS SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL SITE WORK 15067 (1/15/16) TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -2 BYU Facilities Planning & Construction IDAHO 283 University Operations Building • Rexburg, ID • 83460-8205 • Phone: (208) 496-2651 Invitation to Bid Contractor Re: Invitation to Bid — Women's Dormitory Demolition and New Parking Project No. - 11101 To Whom It May Concern: You are invited to bid on the above -referenced project. The project consists of demolition of indicated existing women's dormitories and site improvements indicated and construction of new asphalt, concrete, and porous concrete paving, fencing, monument signage and other site improvements as indicated. A contract will be awarded on or after March 21st, 2016, pending the University's Board approval and the project completion date is October 31, 2016. A mandatory pre-bid has been scheduled for January 21, 2016 at 2:00 PM, in Room 157 of the University Operations Building, Bids will be received online on February 4'h, 2016 at 2:00 PM. A bid tabulation summary will be emailed to all bidders by 5:OOPM on bid day. A performance bond and a labor and materials payment bond for 100% of the contract will be required for this project. We hope that you will be able to bid this project Sincerely, Rulon Nielsen Director, Facilities Planning and Construction RRN/nm SECTION 1 --PROJECT: Project Number: SECTION 2-- LOCATION: SECTION 3 --OWNER: SECTION 4 --DESIGNER: NOTICE TO BIDDERS Women's Dormitory Demolition and New Parking 11101 BYU-Idaho BYU-Idaho FFKR Architects SECTION 5 --STANDARD CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS: The bidder is directed to the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, Brigham Young University -Idaho Standard Contract Requirements (January 2015)This volume is an integral part of the contract documents and is hereby made a part of the contract. SECTION 6-- TIME OF COMPLETION: Date: October 31, 2016 SECTION 7—MANDITORY PREBID CONFERENCE A. Prebid Conference will be: Date: January 21, 2016 Time: 2:00 P.M. Place: University Operations Room 157 SECTION 8 --RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS: A. Bids will be received: Date: February 4, 2016 Time: 2:00 Place: Online By: h[tn:/Inww.e-builder.net7 B. The Owner reserves the exclusive right to release all publicity relating to the proposals and the project. SECTION 9 --GENERAL CONTRACTORS: A. Bidding by General Contractors will be by invitation only. SECTION 10 --DRAWINGS: A. Drawings are available at the following plan room locations: http://www.e-builder.net/ 1113/2016 Notice to Bidd• BYU-Idaho FORM OF PROPOSAL AME OF PROJECT Women's Dormitory Demolition and New Parking tOJECT NUMBER 11101 AME OF CONTRACTOR ATE OF PROPOSAL to undersigned, hereinafter referred to as the Bidder, certifies that the following facts and/or circumstances have occurred or ist relating to the proposed work for were prepared by That Bidder has received the contract documents for the above entitled project. 2. That Bidder has received The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter -Day Saints BW -Idaho Standard Contract Requirements, revised January 2015. 3. That Bidder is familiar with such documents, has examined the site of the proposed work, including availability of access, utilities, and other similar items relating to performance of the work and is thoroughly familiar with all general and local conditions which could in any way affect this work. 4. That no verbal agreements or representations with or by any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner exist or have been made to the Bidder and the Bidder in submitting this proposal is in no way relying thereon. 5. That if this proposal is accepted, Bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner in substantially the form contained in the contract documents, and will provide the bonds, insurance coverage and all other items required by the contract documents. 6. The term "base bid" shall be understood to include all work contained in the contract documents excluding any substitutes or alternates. The Owner will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. dder hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, equipment, plant, tools, transportation, services, licenses and permits cessary for the completion of all the work set forth in the contract documents for the sum of: tit prices as described in Section 012200 "Unit Pricing, including all associated costs: Unit Price #1: Each component of Porous (Permeable) Paving system. ($. Unit Price #2: Each type of planting. ($ ) Unit Price #3: Each type of ground covering. ($ Unit Price #4: Each type of tree. ($ ) Form of Proposal AS FURTHER CONDITIONS OF THIS PROPOSAL: 1. The Bidder agrees to complete the work on or before 2. The Bidder acknowledges receipt of addenda No. (s) 3. The Bidder's contractor's license number is 4. Is your bonding capacity adequate for this job? Yes_ No_ 5. For verification call Telephone Number 6. Is your license limit adequate for this job? Yes _ No_ PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS The total sum of the Bidder's proposal shall include the furnishing and installing of all materials, equipment, and labor as called for in the contract documents as a base bid. Hereafter give the total amount to be added or deducted for a complete installation of equipment or materials other than those specified and those approved by addendum are submitted for the Owner's consideration. All materials and equipment proposed for substitution shall be listed below and must meet the requirements of the contract documents. During the time of consideration of the proposals, complete information shall be submitted immediately to the Architect and Owner's Representative. The Contractor is referred to Page 3 of the Instructions to Bidders, Section 9, prior approvals and substitutions for requirements relative to proposed substitutions. Proposed Manufacturer and Substitute Catalog Numbers $ Add $ Deduct I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 6/2015 2 Form of Proposal 'PE OF BIDDER'S ORGANIZATION: ficial Name of Organization rporation, Co -partnership, Individual, or Other i E Idress me of Individual Members of Firm: ime of President of Corporation: I� `i I me of Secretary of Corporation: f rporation is organized under the laws of the State of: � Signature Title or Office Legal Address Form of Proposal BIDDER'S LIST OF SUBCONTRACT BIDS USED IN PROPOSAL (LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS) PROJECT NAME: Women's Dormitory Demolition and New Parking NUMBER: 11101 OWNER'S NAME: BYU-Idaho SUBCONTRACT CLASSIFICATIONS I SUBCONTRACTOR USED I AMOUNT 6/2015 4 Form of Proposal INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 1 -- BIDDING BY INVITATION A. Bidding shall be by written invitation only. Those wanting to be considered for such invitation shall apply to: Construction Management Services BYU-Idaho University Operations Building 283 University Operations Rexburg, Idaho 83460-8205 B. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids. SECTION 2 -- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Contract documents may be obtained by contractors from: Construction Management Services BYU-Idaho University Operations Building 283 University Operations Rexburg, Idaho 83460-8205 A website may also be set up by the architect where plans can be viewed and downloaded. If so, web information can be obtained through the general contractors or by contacting BYU-Idaho Facility Planning and Construction. B. Subcontractors and suppliers who want to obtain Contract documents (plans and specifications) may do so by contacting those general contractors invited to bid. C. All Contract documents must be returned within ten (10) days after the bid opening. SECTION 3 -- CONTRACT METHOD A. All work specified is to be done under one general contract. Bids will be accepted by the Owner from prime contractors only. SECTION 4 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. If any Bidder doubts the true meaning of any of the Contract documents, or finds errors, discrepancies or omissions, he shall request a clarification from the Architect in writing. Any interpretations or corrections will be made only by written addenda duly issued by the Owner. All addenda will be e-mailed to each person receiving a set of the Contract documents. Requests for clarifications must be submitted to the Architect at least five (5) days before bid opening. Unwritten instructions or interpretations will have no validity. B. Should discrepancies appear in the Contract documents that are not resolved by an addendum, it is expressly understood that the Contractor has used the most expensive method and/or material in the bid. SECTION 5 -- REQUIREMENTS BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS A. The Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with the site and structures located there (if any). The Contractor shall thoroughly examine all Contract documents in relation to all conditions that might directly or indirectly affect the contract work. The bid amount shall reflect all such conditions. SECTION 6 -- PREPARING AND SUBMITTING BIDS A. To receive consideration, a bid must be made according to the following instructions: 1. Bids shall be prepared on BYU-Idaho Form of Proposal. All pages, including subcontractor list shall be submitted at the time of bid. 2. Bids shall have all items or blanks filled. Numbers shall be stated both in writing and in figures. If there is a discrepancy between the two, the written number shall govern. 11/2015 1 Instructions to Bidders 3. Bids shall be without interlineations, alterations or erasures. 4. Signatures shall be by those authorized to execute the Contract. 5. The Bidder's legal name, business address and telephone number shall be stated. 6. Neither oral bids nor modifications shall be considered. 7. Faxed or emailed bids will be accepted if the bidder (1) contacts the Construction Department before faxing of entailing the bid, (2) sends the bid with sufficient time to be received and delivered to the bid opening location before bid time, and (3) calls the Construction Department before bid time to confirm that the bid was receiver and delivered to the bid opening location. The option to submit bids via email or fax is only available if the project is not bidding in e -Builder®. 8. It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to see that the bid is received at the proper time. Any bid received after the scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened to the Bidder. 9. Bidders shall accept proposals from only those subcontractors who are approved by the Owner. It will bc! assumed that the question of bonding subcontractors, where considered desirable or necessary by the Contractor, including the cost of such bonds, has been resolved before bids have been submitted. 10. In order for the bid to be considered valid, two or more Bidders bidding as a "joint venture" must have the written approval of the Owner before submitting a bid. All members of a joint venture shall sign the bid and an official representative of the joint venture shall be designated in the proposal. 11. The term "base bid" shall be understood to include all work contained in the Contract, excluding any alternate: or substitutes. The Owner shall have the right to accept alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the awarded contractor based on the sum of the base bid and alternates accepted. 12. Substitutes or alternates accepted by the Owner may be included in the Contract or added by Change Order. Ir determining the awarded contractor, the Owner will not consider substitutes. 13. Bids may be withdrawn by the Bidder, either in person or by a written request before bid opening. Once a bi( summary is distributed to all Bidders, the Bidders will have 24 hours to review and withdraw their bids. Afte, the 24-hour period, the bids may not be withdrawn and must remain fixed as submitted for 45 days after opening. Envelopes must contain nothing but the proposal and bid breakdown forms if required. Envelopes shal be opaque, sealed and bear the Bidder's name. Bids must contain nothing but the proposal and bid breakdown" forms, if required. 14. Contractor shall submit all project documentation and correspondence using the owners Project Managemen Software, e -Builder®. Including, but not limited to; RFI's, payment applications, inspection requests, logs minutes, submittals; or any and all documentation as directed by owner. SECTION 7 -- APPROVAL OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS A. As soon after the bid opening as is practicable, the Owner will interview the awarded contractor and if deemed necessary the second or third Bidders. The Owner will also examine the list of subcontractors submitted with the bids. The OWne reserves the right to accept or reject any subcontract proposal. B. If a Bidder doubts the correctness or acceptability of any subcontract proposal, the Bidder may submit the names and amount of other competing subcontractors for consideration, making sure that he clearly states which one he has use( in formulating his proposal. SECTION 8 -- FACTORS AFFECTING AWARD OR REJECTION OF BID A. The Bidder's and subcontractor's past performance, organization, equipment and ability to perform and complete thei: contract as specified will be vital elements, as well as the amount of their bids, in the award of the Contract. B. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to waive any irregularities or informalities in bids received. Th( Owner reserves the right to accept the bid that will, in the Owner's opinion, best serve the interests of the Owne: regardless of whether such bid is the lowest. SECTION 9 -- PRIOR APPROVALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Several acceptable brands of equipment, manufactured articles or methods of construction may have been identified it" the Contract. It is not intended to close the Contract against other brands, articles, or methods that may warrant consideration. However, unspecified materials must have prior approval by the Owner to be considered. B. Prior Approvals: Requests for approval of unspecified materials must be made to the Architect at least five days beforf bid opening. The requests for prior approval shall be considered by the Architect if time permits and if properl3' 11/2015 2 Instructions to Bidders documented. The Architect is not bound to consider these items despite their apparent validity. C. Fully detailed technical data, references and other information shall be furnished simultaneously with the requests for prior approval items. D. Such requests shall be reviewed by the Architect and the Owner. If accepted, the approved requests will be included in an addendum. E. The Contractor's "base bid" shall include the furnishing of only those items that are explicitly specified or which have received prior approval by addendum. Substitutions: Besides the "base bid," any equipment or material supplier and any contractor or subcontractor may, at his option, submit a substitute price and product for any item specified which he feels warrants consideration by the Owner. This proposed substitution is to be listed where indicated on the bid form. G. Any proposed substitute submitted by a Bidder shall include the amount by which the "base bid" would be increased or decreased. H. The Owner may accept or reject any substitute proposed. In determining the low Bidder, the Owner will not consider substitutes. If requested, the Contractor shall famish information or data concerning the substitute. The Owner may request the Contractor, at his own expense, to have the substitute tested by an approved testing laboratory. SECTION 10 -- FORM OF CONTRACT A. Copies of the form of the Contract that the successful Bidder will be required to execute are included in this specification. SECTION 11 --ADDENDA A. All addenda issued before bid opening shall be included in the bid and shall be a part of the Contract. SECTION 12 -- REQUIREMENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER SIGNING THE CONTRACT A. Immediately after signing the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the following to the Owner: 1. Executed performance, labor and material payment bonds, each in an amount equal tc contract sum as specified in the General Conditions. 2. Insurance certificates as specified in the General Conditions. 3. A cost breakdown of the work that may, as approved by the Owner, serve as a basis I 100 percent of the for making monthly payments to the Contractor. 4. A project schedule as to how he intends to construct the project. This must be, in the opinion of the Owner, a realistic method of analyzing and scheduling each component of the work. It must show when all trades or crafts start and finish their work. This schedule must be reviewed at least biweekly and updated as required. A critical path method of scheduling is preferred. If the Contractor cannot produce and maintain such a schedule, this service must be obtained from an outside consultant. The schedule must be approved by the Owner's Representative before the Contractor submits the first payment request. B. The Contractor shall issue subcontracts as mutually agreed between the Owner and the Contractor. A complete list of subcontractors and major suppliers including names, addresses and telephone numbers are required within fourteen (14) days of the Owner's subcontractor review. SECTION 13 -- DISQUALIFICATION A. If the above requirements are not satisfied, the bid may be disqualified at the discretion of the Owner. 11/2015 3 Instructions to Bidders SECTION 14 — BID BREAKDOWN FOR ALL POROUS PAVING SYSTEM COSTS A. Provide complete breakdown separating out all costs associated with furnishing and installing complete porous paving work, including subgrade soil grading, soil compacting, aggregate layer materials, installation and compacting of each aggregate layer, specified interlocking porous paver units, installation of paver units, joint filling, attic stock, handling and delivery costs, profit, overhead, and all other costs associated with porous paving Work. B. Provide completed form to the Owner within 24 hours after the bid openings. Prices shall be verified by a copy of the quotation on request. C. The Owner reserves the right to pick and choose from among alternative offerings for each item from various subcontractor's bids. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any of the listed items anytime within ninety (90) days after signing a contract. 11/2015 4 Instructions to Bidders BYU Construction Management Services IDAHO LONG FORM CONTRACT Project No: uProjectCustom_ProjectNumberu Account No: uProjectCustom AccountNumberMain» THIS CONTRACT, made and executed as of the uProcessFields_vDay» day of uProcessFields vMonth», ProcessFields_vYear» by and between BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY -IDAHO, a non-profit Idaho corporation of Rexburg, Idaho (hereinafter referred to as "Owner"), and <<Company_Name>) (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor"). WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments hereinafter specified to be paid by the Owner to the Contractor and the covenants and agreement herein contained to be kept and performed by the parties hereto, the Contractor agrees to the 0roject_Name)> at BYU-Idaho in Rexburg, Idaho (hereinafter referred to as the "Project"), and to furnish and deliver all materials, and perform and supervise all work as required herein and by the contract documents hereinafter identified, all of which shall collectively constitute the contract, and shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as the "Contract". ARTICLE I. THE IDENTIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Plans entitled uProcessFields_TitleofDrawingsv were prepared by aProcessFields_CompanyNamePreparingDrawin» on uProcessFields DatesofDrawingsa B. The Specifications entitled uProcessFields_TitleofSpecifications>> were prepared by uProcessFields_CompanyNamePreparingSpecif>> on «ProcessFields_ DatesofSpecificationsv C. Addenda Number(s): uProcessFields_AddendaNumbers», dated uProcessFields_AddendumDates» respectively. D. BYU-IDAHO'S Standard Contract Documents area part of this Contract, including the Supplementary Conditions. Construction Management services • 283 University Operations Rexburg, ID 83460-4660 • 208-496-2650 BYU Construction Management Services IDAHO LONG FORM CONTRACT ARTICLE H. THE CONTRACT SUM The Owner agrees to pay to the Contractor, in accordance with the terms hereof, the following: uProcessFields TotalContractValue» Base Bid Alternate #: uProcessFields_AlternateNumbers» Total uProcessFields BaseBidAmountU <<ProcessFields_AcceptedAltcrnateTotalAmou» uCommitinent__ProjectedCommitmentValue» The Contractor agrees to accept a total: <<Commitment_ProjectedCommitmentValue» as full compensation for performing his obligation under the contract. Construction Management Services • 283 University Operations • Rexburg, ID 83460-4660 • 208496-2650 BYU Construction Management Services IDAHO LONG FORM CONTRACT ARTICLE III. DATE OF COMPLETION The Contractor agrees to complete the work required by the Contract on or before midnight «ProcessFields_MaterialCompletionDate». Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of the contract. ARTICLE IV. THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The Contractor's Representative is aProcessFields_VendorRepresentative» Construction Management services • 283 University Operations • Rexburg, M 83460-4660 • 208-496-2650 BYU Construction Management Services IDAHO LONG FORM CONTRACT ARTICLE V. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE The Owner's Representative is «ProcessFields—OwnersRepresentativev IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner has caused this instrument to be signed by its President, attested by its Vice President, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, and the Contractor has hereunto affixed his signature as of the day and year above written. ATTEST: BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY -IDAHO «ProcessFields Pres SignatureNotNeede& President — BYU-Idaho «ProcessFields SignatureNotNeede& University Resources Vice President University Operations Managing Director CONTRACTOR: <<Company_Name» Contractor Signing Authority aProcessFields_TitleofVendorSigningAnthor» Date Date Date Date <<Company Address» <<Company Suite» <(Company City)>uCompany State» «Company Zipa Address Construction Management Services • 283 University Operations Rexburg, ID 83460-4660 • 208496-2650 GENERAL CONDITIONS for a FIXED SUM (U.S.) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 OWNER SECTION 3 CONTRACTOR SECTION 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 5 SUBCONTRACTORS SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS SECTION 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK SECTION 8 TIME SECTION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Agreement: the document entitled "Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Fixed Sum (U.S.), executed by Owner and Contractor for performance of the Work. B. Architect: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. C. Change In The Work: a modification to the requirements of the Contract Documents or a delay in Substantial Completion resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect to Contractor or from another event or circumstance. D. Change Order: a written instrument prepared by Architect and signed by Owner, Contractor, and Architect stating their agreement upon the following: (1) the occurrence of a Change in the Work; (2) the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum as a result of the Change in the Work; and (3) the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time as a result of the Change in the Work. E. Construction Chance Directive: a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Architect and Owner which: (1) orders a Change in the Work if the terms of a Change Order cannot be agreed upon prior to performance of a Change in the Work described in Section 7.1 or after occurrence of an event or circumstance described In Section 7.2; and (2) states a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, the Contract Time, or both, resulting from the Change in the Work. F. Contract Documents: the documents identified as such In the Agreement. G. Contract Sum: the total amount set forth in the Agreement payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work. H. Contract Time: the period of time set forth in the Agreement for the Substantial Completion of the Work. I. Contractor: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. J. Day: calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. K. Direct Costs: actual costs for labor, materials, equipment, insurance, bonds, subcontract costs and onsite supervision relating to the Project. They do not include labor costs for project managers or other off-site administration. SECTION 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION SECTION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY SECTION 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS SECTION 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK SECTION 13 RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES SECTION 14 TERMINATION SECTION 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS L. Drawings: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. BYU-Idaho Revision 02 June 2013 M. Field Chance: a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Architect and Contractor for a minor Change in the Work consistent with the general intent of the Contract Documents costing $1,000 or less, resulting in no time extension, and which is necessary to avoid delaying the Work. N. Modification: a written amendment to the Contract Documents in the form of a: 1. Change Order; 2. Construction Change Directive; or 3. Field Change. O. Owner: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. P. Pro ect: the total construction designed by Architect of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. Q. Product Data: standard illustrations, schedules, perfor- mance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate details regarding materials or equipment to be used in the Work, or the manner of installation, operation, or maintenance of such materials or equipment. R. Protect Manual: the document identified as such in the Agreement. S. Samples And Mock-ups: physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish stan- dards by which the Work will be judged. T. Shoo Drawings: drawings, diagrams, illustrations, sched- ules, performance charts, fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, patterns, templates, and other data which illustrate some portion of the Work and confirm dimensions and conformance to the Contract Documents specially prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor. U. Specifications: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. V. Subcontractor: any entity supplying labor, materials, equipment, construction or services for the Work under separate contract with Contractor or any other Subcontractor. W. Submittals: Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Mock-ups and any other documents or items furnished by Contractor or its Subcontractors to Owner or Architect to Page 1 of 13 demonstrate how any portion of the Work will be accomplished or the type of materials or products that will be used in the Work. X. Substantial Completion: Completion of the Work to a point where the local building official issues a Certificate of Occupancy. The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified as such by Architect in accordance with the Contract Documents. Y. Work: all labor, materials, equipment, construction, and services required by the Contract Documents. Z. Written Notice: notice in writing given from one party to the other at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed in the Agreement, or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as the parties will designate from time to time by Written Notice, and will be effective at the earliest of: 1. The date of personal delivery to the other party with signed acknowledgment of receipt; or 2. The date sent by facsimile transmission to the other parry provided receipt of the facsimile is verified by an electronic confirmation report by the parry sending the facsimile transmission and further provided that a confirmation copy is sent to the other party by courier or by registered or certified mail within twenty-four (24) hours after the time and date of the facsimile transmission; or 3. The date of receipt by the other party as stated on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, or by courier. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The intent of the Contract Documents is to require Contractor to provide all labor, materials, equipment, construction, and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by any one will be as binding as if required by all. Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the requirements expressly set forth in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. B. The organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or to establish the extent of the Work to be performed by any trade. C. Words used in the Contract Documents that have well known technical or trade meanings are used therein in accordance with such recognized meanings. D. In the interest of brevity, the Contract Documents may omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an." but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Drawings, the Project Manual, and copies thereof are the property of Owner. Contractor will not use these documents on any other project. Contractor may retain one copy of the Drawings and the Project Manual as a contract record set and will return or destroy all remaining copies following final completion of the Work. SECTION 2 - OWNER 2.1 OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE Owner will designate in writing a representative who will have express authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters requiring Owner's approval or authorization. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF OWNER A. Owner will be responsible for establishment of property lines and benchmarks for grading. B. Owner will furnish to Contractor any information or services it is required to furnish under the Contract Documents with - reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. C. Owner will furnish to Contractor a reasonable number of copies of the Drawings, the Project Manual, and the Addenda. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO INSPECT THE WORK Owner and its representatives will have the right to inspect any portion of the Work wherever located at any time. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If Contractor fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents in a timely manner, Owner may order Contractor in writing to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for that order has been eliminated. SECTION 3 - CONTRACTOR 3.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR A. By executing the Agreement, Contractor represents that it has visited the Project site, familiarized itself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated its own observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Contractor will carefully review and compare the Contract Documents and any other available information relating to the Project prior to commencing and during performance of each portion of the Work and will immediately report to Architect any errors, inconsistencies, and omissions it discovers. C. Should Contractor or any of its Subcontractors become aware of any question regarding the meaning or intent of any part of the Contract Documents prior to commencing that portion of the Work about which there is a question, Contractor will request an interpretation or clarification from Architect before proceeding. Contractor proceeds at its own risk if it proceeds with the Work without first making such a request and receiving an interpretation or clarification from Architect. If neither Contractor nor its Subcontractors become aware of the question until after work on the relevant portion of the Work has commenced, then the following precedence will govern for purposes of determining whether resolution of the question constitutes a Change in the Work: 1. The Agreement takes precedence over all other Contract Documents. 2. The Supplementary Conditions take precedence over the General Conditions. 3. The General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions take precedence over the Drawings and the Specifications. 4. An Addendum or a Modification take precedence over the document(s) modified by the Addendum or Modification. 5. The Specifications take precedence over the Drawings. 6. Within the Drawings, larger scale drawings take prece- dence over smaller scale drawings, figured dimensions over scaled dimensions, and noted materials over graphic indications. BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 2 of 13 E. F. G. Contractor will give Architect notice of any additional drawings, specifications, or instructions required to define the Work in greater detail, or to permit the proper progress of the Work, sufficiently in advance of the need for information so as not to delay the Work. It is not Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are In accordance with requirements of applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, rules and regulations. However, if Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with those requirements, Contractor will immediately notify Architect in writing. Contractor will not proceed unless Owner and/or Architect effects Modifications to the Contract Documents required for compliance with such requirements. Contractor will be fully responsible for any work knowingly performed contrary to such requirements and will fully indemnify Owner against loss and bear all costs and penalties arising therefrom. Contractor will take field measurements and verify field conditions and will compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before ordering any materials or commencing construction activities. Contractor will immediately report errors, inconsistencies, and omissions that it discovers to Architect. If Contractor orders materials or commences construction activities before taking field measurements and verifying field conditions, Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for additional costs to Contractor resulting from field measurements or conditions different from those anticipated by Contractor which would have been avoided had Contractor taken field measurements and verified field conditions prior to ordering the materials or commencing construction activities. If site conditions indicated in the Contract Documents or other information provided by Owner or Architect to Contractor differ materially from those Contractor encounters in performance of the Work, Contractor will immediately notify Architect in writing of such differing site conditions. 3.2 SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. B. C. Contractor will supervise and direct the Work. Contractor will be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work. All loss, damage, liability, or cost of correcting defective work arising from the use of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures will be borne by Contractor, notwithstanding that such construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures are referred to, indicated or implied by the Contract Documents, unless Contractor has given timely notice to Owner and Architect in writing that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures are not safe or suitable, and Owner has then instructed Contractor in writing to proceed at Owner's risk. Contractor will utilize its best skill, efforts, and judgment to provide efficient business administration and supervision, to furnish at all times an adequate supply of workers and materials, and to perform the Work in an expeditious and economical manner consistent with the interests of Owner. Contractor will be responsible for: 1. The proper observance of property lines and set back requirements as shown in the Contract Documents; 2. The location and layout of the Work as shown In the Contract Documents with respect to the position of the Work on the property and the elevation of the Work in relation to grade; and 3. Setting and maintaining construction stakes. D. Contractor will be responsible to Owner for the acts and omissions of its employees and Subcontractors as well as persons either directly or Indirectly employed by Subcontractors. E. Contractor will not be relieved of its obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as a result of any tests, inspections, or approvals by Owner, Architect or their consultants. F. Contractor will be responsible for inspection of portions of the Work already completed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent portions of the Work. 3.3 LABOR AND MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor will provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. B. Contractor will at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among those performing the Work and will not permit employment of any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned to them. C. Contractor is fully responsible for the Project and all materials and work connected therewith until Owner has accepted the Work in writing. Contractor will replace or repair at its own expense any materials or work damaged or stolen, regardless of whether it has received payment for such work or materials from the Owner. D. Contractor will remedy all damage or loss to any property caused in whole or in part by Contractor, any Subcontractor, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. E. Contractor will be responsible for determining that all materials furnished for the Work meet all requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect may require Contractor to produce reasonable evidence that a material meets such requirements, such as certified reports of past tests by qualified testing laboratories, reports of studies by qualified experts, or other evidence which, in the opinion of Architect, would lead to a reasonable certainty that any material used, or proposed to be used, in the work meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. All such data will be furnished at Contractor's expense. This provision will not require Contractor to pay for periodic testing of different batches of the same material, unless such testing is specifically required by the Contract Documents to be performed at Contractor's expense. F. Contractor will coordinate and supervise the work performed by Subcontractors so that the Work is carried out without conflict between trades and so that no trade, at any time, causes delay to the general progress of the Work. Contractor and all Subcontractors will at all times afford each trade, any separate contractor, or Owner, reasonable opportunity for the installation of Work and the storage of materials. G. Contractor warrants to Owner that the materials and equip- ment furnished for the Work will be new unless otherwise specified by the Contract Documents, and that the Work will be free from defects, and will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective in the discretion of Owner. If required by Architect, Contractor will furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of the materials and equipment used in performing the Work. H. Owner may elect to purchase materials required for the Work. In that event, Contractor will comply with the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents relating to such materials. BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 3 of 13 3.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public authorities relating to performance of the Work. 3.5 TAXES A. Contractor will pay all sales, use, consumer, payroll, workers compensation, unemployment, old age pension, surtax, and similar taxes assessed in connection with the performance of the Work. B. Owner will pay all taxes and assessments on the real property comprising the Project site. 3.6 PERMITS AND FEES A. Owner will obtain and pay for all zoning and use permits and permanent easements necessary for completion of the Work. B. Contractor will obtain and pay for the building permit, and all other permits, governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. C. Contractor will secure any certificates of inspection and of occupancy required by authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Contractor will deliver these certificates to Architect prior to issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion by Architect. 3.7 CONTRACTOR'S ON-SITE REPRESENTATIVE Contractor will employ a competent representative acceptable to Owner to supervise the performance of the Work. This representative will be designated in writing by Contractor prior to commencement of work and will not be changed prior to Final Inspection of the Work without prior written consent of Owner. This representative will represent Contractor for all purposes, including communication with Owner. 3.8 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A, Contractor will prepare and submit for Owner's and Architect's information Contractor's construction schedule for the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Contractor will prepare and maintain a Submittal schedule which is coordinated with Contractor's construction schedule and sets forth specified times for Architect to review Submittals. 3.9 DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTALS AT THE SITE Contractor will keep at the Project site for use by Owner, Architect, or their representatives, a record copy of the Project Manual, the Drawings, all Addenda, and all Modifications. These documents will be maintained in good order and currently marked to record changes and selections made during construction. In addition, Contractor will keep at the Project site one copy of all Submittals. 3.10 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals are not Contract Documents and do not alter the requirements of the Contract Documents unless incorporated into the Contract Documents by a Modification. Documents or will make such determination, verification, check, and coordination prior to commencing the relevant portion of the Work. In reviewing Submittals Architect will be entitled to rely upon Contractor's representation that such information is correct and accurate. C. Contractor will inform Architect in writing at the time of submission of any Submittal or portion thereof which deviates from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor will provide Architect with documentation demonstrating to Architect that the Submittal is equal to or better than the specified product or work. Contractor will not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's acceptance of a Submittal unless Contractor has informed Architect in writing of the deviation and Architect has incorporated the deviation Into the Contract Documents by a Modification. D. Contractor will not perform any portions of the Work requiring Submittals until the respective Submittal has been reviewed and accepted in writing by Architect. E. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, Owner will be entitled to rely upon such certifications, and neither Owner nor Architect will be expected to make any independent examination with respect thereto. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents maybe returned to Contractor without action. 3.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING Contractor will be responsible for any cutting, fitting, and patching that may be required to complete the Work and make its parts fit together properly. 3.12 ACCESS TO WORK Contractor will permit Owner, Architect their representatives and consultants access to the Work wherever located at any time. 3.13 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Contractor will pay all royalties and license fees required by the Work or by Contractor's chosen method of performing the Work. Contractor will defend and hold Owner harmless from all suits or claims for Infringement of any patent, license or other Intellectual property rights or any loss on account thereof. 3.14 INDEMNIFICATION B. Contractor will review, approve, and submit to Architect Submittals in accordance with the Contract Documents. By approving Submittals, Contractor represents that it has determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that it has checked and coordinated each Submittal with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 4 of 13 A. Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Owner's representatives, employees, agents, architects, and consultants from and against any and all claims, damages, liability, demands, costs, judgments, awards, settlements, causes of action, losses and expenses (collectively "Claims" or "Claim"), including but not limited to attorney fees, consultant fees, expert fees, copy costs, and other expenses, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of real or personal property, including loss of use resulting therefrom, except to the extent that such liability arises out of the negligence of Owner, its representatives, agents, and employees. This indemnity includes, without limitation, indemnification of Owner from all losses or injury to Owner's property, except to the extent that such loss or injury arises out of the negligence of Owner, its representatives, agents, and employees. This indemnity applies, without limitation, to include Claims occurring both during performance of the Work and/or subsequent to completion of the Work. In the event that any Claim is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, that party will bear the cost of such Claim to the extent it was the cause thereof. In the event that a claimant asserts a Claim for recovery against any party indemnified hereunder, the party indemnified hereunder may tender the defense of such Claim to Contractor. If Contractor rejects such tender of defense and it is later determined that the negligence of the party indemnified hereunder did not cause all of the Claim, Contractor will reimburse the party indemnified hereunder for all costs and expenses incurred by that party in defending against the Claim. Contractor will not be liable hereunder to indemnify any party for damages resulting from the sole negligence of that party. B. In addition to the foregoing, Contractor will be liable to defend Owner in any lawsuit filed by any Subcontractor relating to the Project. Where liens have been fled against Owner's property, Contractor (and/or its bonding company which has issued bonds for the Project) will obtain lien releases and record them in the appropriate county and/or local jurisdiction and provide Owner with a title free and clear from any liens of Subcontractors. In the event that Contractor and/or its bonding company are unable to obtain a lien release, Owner in its absolute discretion may require Contractor to provide a bond around the lien or a bond to discharge the lien, at Contractor's sole expense. C. In addition to the foregoing, Contractor will indemnify and hold Owner harmless from any claim of any other contractor resulting from the performance, nonperformance or delay in performance of the Work by Contractor. D. The indemnification obligation herein will not be limited by a limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or a Subcontractor under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. 3.15 PROJECTMEETINGS Contractor will attend and participate in meetings as required by the Contract Documents. SECTION 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Architect will make frequent visits to the site to familiarize itself generally with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if the Work is proceeding In accordance with the Contract Documents. Although Architect is required to make periodic inspections, it is not required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections. On the basis of its observations while at the site, Architect will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. Architect's failure to observe a defect or deficiency in the Work will not relieve Contractor of its duty to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. B. Architect will review Contractor's payment requests and determine the amounts due Contractor in accordance with Section 9. C. Communications between Contractor and Owner relating to the Work will be through Architect. Communications between Owner or Contractor with Architect's consultants relating to the Work will be through Architect. Communications between Owner or Architect and subcontractors relating to the Work will be through Contractor. Communications between Contractor and any separate contractor will be through Architect, except as otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. D. Architect will have the right to condemn and require removal of the following at Contractor's expense: 1. Any portion of the Work that does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Any portion of the Work damaged or rendered unsuit- able during installation or resulting from failure to exercise proper protection. E. Architect will have authority to stop the Work, with concurrence of Owner, whenever such stoppage may be necessary in its reasonable opinion to insure the proper performance of the Work. F. Architect will review Contractor's Submittals and will accept or take other appropriate action regarding the Submittals. Architect's review of the Submittals will be for the limited purpose of checking for general conformance with the Contract Documents and will not be conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substan- tiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of Contractor. Architect's review of Submittals will not relieve Contractor of its obligations under the Contract Documents. Architect's review of Submittals will not constitute acceptance of safety precautions or construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. Architect's acceptance of a specific item will not indicate acceptance of an assembly of which the item is a compo- nent. G. Architect has authority to order Construction Change Directives and Field Changes in accordance with Section 7. 4.1 ARCHITECT H. Architect will conduct inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, will receive In the event that Owner terminates its contractual relationship and review written guarantees and related documents with Architect, Owner will appoint in writing another architect, required by the Contract and assembled by Contractor, and whose status under the Contract Documents will be that of the will review and certify or reject Contractor's final payment former Architect in all respects. request. I. Architect will be the interpreter of the performance and requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect's interpretations will be in writing or in the form of drawings. BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 5 of 13 J. Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the Contract Documents. SECTION 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK A. Contractor will enter into contracts with Subcontractors to perform all portions of the Work that Contractor does not customarily perform with its own employees. B. Contractor will not contract with any Subcontractor who has been rejected by Owner. Contractor will not be required to contract with any Subcontractor against whom it has a reasonable objection. C. If Owner refuses to accept any Subcontractor proposed by Contractor, Contractor will propose an acceptable substitute to whom Owner has no reasonable objection. D. Contractor will not make any substitution for any Subcon- tractor that has been accepted by Owner and Architect without the prior written approval of Owner and Architect. 5.2 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS A. Contractor's responsibility for the Work Includes the labor and materials of all Subcontractors, including those recommended or approved by Owner. Contractor will be responsible to Owner for proper completion and guarantee of all workmanship and materials under any subcontracts. Any warranties required for such work will be obtained by Contractor in favor of Owner and delivered to Architect. Itis expressly understood and agreed that there is no contractual relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor, and under no circumstances will Owner be responsible for the non-performance or financial failure of any Subcontractor or any effects therefrom. B. Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractors promptly upon receipt of payment from Owner for that portion of the funds received which represents the Subcontractor's portion of the Work completed to Contractor's satisfaction for which Owner made payment. C. Contractor will require each Subcontractor to: 1. Be licensed by the state in which the Project is located where such licensing is required by the governing authority; 2. Be bound by the terms of the Contract Documents as far as they are applicable to the Subcontractor's work; 3. Assume toward Contractor the same obligations Contractor has assumed toward Owner, including the prompt payment of its Subcontractors; 4. Submit its applications for payment to Contractor in time to permit Contractor to make timely application to Owner; 5. Execute claim or lien releases or lien waivers for payments made by Contractor; and 6. Make all claims for Changes in the Work to Contractor in the same manner as Contractor is required to make such claims to Owner. SECTION 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK OR AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Owner reserves the right to perform work itself or to award separate contracts in connection with the Project. B. When separate contracts are awarded, "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case will mean the contractor who signs each separate contract. A. Contractor will afford other contractors reasonable opportunity to place and store their materials and equipment on site and to perform their work and will properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs where applicable. B. If any part of Contractor's Work depends upon the work of any separate contractor for proper performance or results, Contractor will inspect and promptly report to Architect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for proper performance and results. Failure of Contractor to so inspect and report will constitute an acceptance of the work of the separate contractor as fit and proper to receive Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. C. Contractor will promptly remedy damage caused by Contractor or any Subcontractor to the completed or partially completed work of other contractors or to the property of Owner or other contractors. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEANUP If a dispute arises among Contractor and separate contrac- tors as to the responsibility under their separate contracts for maintaining the Project free from waste materials and rubbish, Owner may clean the Project, allocate the cost among those responsible as Owner and Architect determine to be just, and withhold such cost from any amounts due or to become due to Contractor. SECTION 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN INSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO CONTRACTOR A. If Owner or Architect gives Contractor an instruction that modifies the requirements of the Contract Documents or delays Substantial Completion, Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time. If compliance with the instruction affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work, the Contract Sum will be adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or decrease in cost subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1, Paragraphs B through G. If compliance with the instruction delays Substantial Completion, the Contract Time will be extended for a period of time commensurate with such delay subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1, Paragraphs B through G and Section 7.3, Paragraph A and Contractor will be paid liquidated damages for the delay as set forth in Section 7.3, Paragraph B. B. If Contractor receives an instruction from Owner or Architect that Contractor considers to be a Change in the Work, Contractor, before complying with the instruction, will notify Architect in writing that Contractor considers such instruction to constitute a Change in the Work. If Architect agrees that compliance with the instruction will constitute a Change in the Work, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Modification in accordance with Section 7.1, Paragraphs C. and D. within ten (10) days. C. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum (including without limitation costs related to a time extension) as a result of an instruction by Owner or Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Change Order containing a price breakdown itemized as required by Owner. The breakdown will be in sufficient detail to allow Owner to determine any increase or decrease in Direct Costs as a result of compliance with the instruction. Any amount claimed for subcontracts will be supported by a similar price breakdown and will itemize the Subcontractor's profit and overhead charges. Profit and overhead will be subject to the following limitations: 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 6 of 13 1. The Subcontractor's profit and overhead will not exceed to the Contract Sum or other damages from Owner as a twelve (12) percent of its Direct Costs. result of any event or circumstance unless the event or 2. Contractor's profit and overhead on Subcontractor's circumstance results from a willful or negligent act or work will not exceed five (5) percent. omission of Owner or Architect. 3. Contractor's profit and overhead on work performed by Architect, Contractor will include in its proposal justification to its own crews will not exceed ten (10) percent of its B. If a Change in the Work results from any event or Direct Costs. circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or 4. Contractor's profit and overhead mark up on work per- omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will give Owner formed by its Subcontractors will not exceed five (5) Written Notice of such event or circumstance within twenty - percent of the Subcontractors' charges for such work. four (24) hours after commencement of the event or 5. Amounts due Owner as a result of a credit change will be circumstance so that Owner can take such action as is the actual net savings to Contractor from the Change in necessary to mitigate the effect of the event or the Work as conflrmed by Architect. On credit changes, circumstance. Contractor will not be entitled to any profit and overhead on the originally estimated work will adjustment in either the Contract Time or the Contract Sum not be credited back to Owner. If both additions and based on any damages or delays resulting from such event credits are Involved in a single Change in the Work, or circumstance during a period more than twenty-four (24) overhead and profit will be figured on the basis of net hours prior to Contractor giving such Written Notice to increase, if any, related to that Change in the Work. Owner. D. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the C. Contractor will submit in writing any claims for an Contract Time as a result of an instruction from Owner or adjustment in the Contract Time and/or the Contract Sum Architect, Contractor will include in its proposal justification to resulting from an event or circumstance within the time support Contractor's claim that compliance with the instruction limits set forth below. In the event that Contractor fails to will delay Substantial Completion. submit its claim in writing within the time limits set forth below, then Contractor agrees it will not be entitled to any E. Upon receipt of Contractors proposal for Modification, adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum or to Architect and Owner will determine whether to proceed with any other damages from Owner due to the circumstance or the Change in the Work. If Architect and Owner determine to event and waives any claim therefor. proceed with the Change in the Work, they will issue a 1. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time due to Change Order, a Construction Change Directive or a Field inclement weather will be made by the tenth (1 Oth) of Change as appropriate. the month following the month in which the delay oc- curred. F. Contractor agrees that if it complies with an instruction from 2. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time and/or Owner or Architect without first giving written notice to the Contract Sum due to any other circumstance or Architect as provided in Section 7.1., Paragraph B, and event will be submitted within seven (7) days after the receiving a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or occurrence of the circumstance or event. Field Change, Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time as a result of the D. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Instruction and waives any claim therefor. Contract Sum (including without limitation costs related to a time extension) because of an event or circumstance G. If Contractor is instructed to perform work which it claims resulting from the willful or negligent act or omission of constitutes a Change in the Work but which Owner and Owner or Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Architect do not agree constitutes a Change in the Work, Change Order containing a price breakdown as described Contractor will comply with the instruction. Contractor may in Section 7. 1, Paragraph C. Any amount claimed for submit its claim for adjustment to the Contract Sum, the increased labor costs as a result of the event or Contract Time, or both as a dispute pursuant to Section 13 circumstance must be supported by a certified payroll. Any within thirty (30) days after compliance with the instruction. claim for rented equipment or additional material costs must Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for be supported by invoices. resolution pursuant to Section 13 within thirty (30) days after compliance with the instruction, then Contractor will not be E. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Contract Time as a result of an event or circumstance, Time as a result of the instruction and waives any claim Contractor will include with its claim copies of daily logs, therefor. letters, shipping orders, delivery tickets, Project schedules, and other supporting information necessary to justify 7.2 CHANGE IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN EVENT OR Contractor's claim thatthe event or circumstance delayed CIRCUMSTANCE Substantial Completion. If Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an event or A. If an event or circumstance other than an instruction from circumstance caused by the wilful or negligent act or Owner or Architect affects the cost to Contractor of performing omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will be compen- the Work or delays Substantial Completion, Contractor may sated for all costs related to the delay in accordance with be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Section 7.3, Paragraph B. Contract Time. If the circumstance or event affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work and is caused by a willful or F. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Contractors claim, negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, the Contract Architect will either deny the claim or recommend approval Sum will be adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or to Owner. If Owner approves the claim, the adjustment in decrease in Contractor's cost to perform the Work resulting the Contract Time and/or Contract Sum will be reflected in a from the event or circumstance, subject to the conditions set Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5 or a Construction forth in Section 7.2, Paragraphs B through F. If the event or Change Directive pursuant to Section 7.6. If Owner or circumstance delays Substantial Completion and is described Architect denies Contractor's claim, Contractor may submit in Section 7.3, Paragraph A, the Contract Time will be its claim as a dispute pursuant to Section 13 within thirty extended for a period of time commensurate with such delay (30) days of receipt of the denial of the claim. If Contractor subject to the conditions set forth in such section. If the fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13 circumstance or event delays Substantial Completion and is within the thirty (30) day time period, then Contractor agrees caused by a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or it is not entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Time and/ Architect, then Contractor will be compensated for costs or Contract Sum or any other damages as a result of the incident to the delay in accordance with Section 7.3, event or circumstance and waives any claim therefor. Paragraph B. Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 7 of 13 7.3 EXTENSIONS OF TIME A. If Substantial Completion of the Project is delayed because of any of the following causes, then the Contract Time will be extended by Change Order for a period of time equal to such delay: 1. Labor strikes or lock -outs; 2. Inclement weather; 3. Unusual delay in transportation; 4. Unforeseen governmental requests or requirements; 5. A Change in the Work resulting from an instruction by Owner or Architect to Contractor subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1.; or 6. Any other event or circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect. B. Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for delay described in Section 7.3, Paragraph A, subparagraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4. For each day of delay in Substantial Completion described in Section 7.3, Paragraph A, subparagraphs 5 and 6, Contractor will be paid liquidated damages in the amount per day set forth in the Supplementary Conditions to compensate Contractor for all damages resulting from any delay including but not limited to damages for general conditions costs, additional job site costs, additional home office overhead costs, disruption costs, acceleration costs, increase in labor costs, increase in subcontract costs, in- crease in materials costs, and any other costs Incident to the delay. Contractor will be entitled to no other compensation relating to the delay. 7.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK Every Change in the Work will be documented by a Change Order, a Construction Change Directive or a Field Change. If Owner, Architect and Contractor reach agreement regarding the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any, and the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, resulting from a Change in the Work, then the parties will execute a Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5. If Owner, Architect and Contractor cannot reach agreement regarding the adjustment in Contract Sum or the adjustment in Contract Time resulting from a Change in the Work, then Owner and Architect will issue a Construction Change Directive pursuant to Section 7.6. Field Changes require the agreement of Architect and Contractor only. 7.5 CHANGE ORDERS Contractor's signature upon a Change Order is Contractor's acknowledgment that it Is not entitled to any additional adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time or any other damages or compensation as a result of the Change in the Work other than that provided for in the Change Order, irrespective of whether a subsequent claim for additional compensation or time extensions relating to the Change in the Work is described as a change in the requirements of the Contract Documents, a delay, a disruption of the Work, an acceleration of the Work, an impact on the efficiency of performance of the Work, an equitable adjustment, or other claim and irrespective of whether the impact of the Change in the Work is considered singly or in conjunction with the impact of other Changes in the Work. 7.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES A. Contractor will promptly comply with all Construction Change Directives. B. Pending final resolution of any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time relating to a Construction Change Directive, the amounts proposed by Owner in the Construction Change Directive may be included in Contractor's payment requests once the work relating thereto is completed. C. If after the work described in the Construction Change Directive is completed, Owner, Architect, and Contractor reach agreement on adjustments in the Contract Sum, Contract Time, or both, such agreement will be reflected in an appropriate Change Order. D. If the parties do not reach agreement regarding an adjust- ment to the Contract Sum, Contract Time, or both relating to the Construction Change Directive within thirty (30) days of the completion of the work described therein, then Contractor may submit its claim for an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 within thirty (30) days of the completion of such work. Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13 within thirty (30) days of completion of the work described in the Construction Change Directive, then it will not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such work except as set forth in the Construction Change Directive and waives any claim therefor. 7.7 FIELD CHANGES Architect and Contractor will sign a Field Change order listing the Change In The Work and the Contract Sum including markups before Contractor proceeds with the Field Change. 7.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS Except as set forth in Section 7, Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time or for any damages of any kind whatsoever resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect, any event or circumstance, or any act or omission of Owner or Architect and Contractor expressly waives any and all claims therefor. SECTION 8 - TIME 8.1 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE A. All time limits slated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. By executing the Agreement, Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. Contractor will proceed expeditiously with adequate resources and will achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.2 COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK Contractor will not commence work on the Project site until the date set forth in the Written Notice to proceed. However, Contractor may enter into subcontracts and secure material for the Project after receipt of the Agree- ment with Owner's authorized signature. Owner will issue the Written Notice to proceed within forty-five (45) days after Owner receives acceptable bonds and evidence of insuran- ce pursuant to Section 11 unless Owner earlier terminates the Agreement pursuant to Section 14. 8.3 DELAY IN COMPLETION OF THE WORK A. For each day after the expiration of the Contract Time that Contractor has not achieved Substantial Completion, Contractor will pay Owner the amount set forth in the Supplementary Conditions as liquidated damages for Owner's loss of use of the Project and the added adminis- trative expense to Owner to administer the Project during the period of delay. In addition, Contractor will reimburse Owner for any additional Architect's fees, attorneys' fees, expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and other expenses incurred by Owner as a result of the delay. Owner may deduct any liquidated damages or reimbursable expenses from any money due or to become due to Contractor. If the amount of liquidated damages and reimbursable expenses exceeds any amounts due to BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 8 of 13 Contractor, Contractor will pay the difference to Owner within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request from Owner for payment. B. At the time Architect certifies that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion, Architect will identify the remaining items to be completed for final completion of the Work and will establish with Contractor a reasonable time for completion of those items. Architect will set forth the items to be completed and the time established for their completion in a Certificate of Substantial Completion. For each day that Contractor exceeds the time allowed for completion of the items set forth In the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Contractor will pay to Owner as liquidated damages for additional administrative expenses the amount set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. In addition, Contractor will reimburse Owner for any additional Architect's fees, attorneys' fees, expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and other expenses incurred by Owner as a result of the delay in completing such items. SECTION 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractor will submit to Architect a schedule of values which allocates the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work. The schedule of values will be supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as required by Architect. This schedule, when accepted by Owner and Architect, will be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's payment requests. 9.2 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. Not more than once a month, Contractor will submit a payment request to Architect for Work completed, materials stored on the site, and for materials stored offsite as of the date of the payment request. The amount of the payment request will be based upon the schedule of values and will be equal to the value of the Work completed: 1. Less retention amounts specified in Supplementary Conditions; 2. Less all prior amounts paid by Owner to Contractor as part of the Contract Sum; and 3. Less offsets allowed under Section 9.4. The payment request may include Changes in the Work that have been performed by Contractor and authorized by Owner and/or Architect pursuant to Section 7. If a payment request includes materials stored offsite, Contractor will include with the payment request a list of the materials, the location where they are stored and the written request of Contractor and its performance bond surety that payment be made for such materials. B. Contractor warrants and guarantees that upon the receipt of payment for materials and equipment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, title to such materials and equipment will pass to Owner free and clear of all liens, claims, security inter- ests, or encumbrances. Notwithstanding this payment and passage of title, Contractor will remain responsible for all such materials and equipment until actual delivery to the project site, incorporation into the Work, and final acceptance by Owner. Contractor further warrants that no material or equip- ment covered by a payment request is subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbran- ce thereon is retained by the seller or any other person or entity. 9.3 PAYMENT REQUEST CERTIFICATION B. The certification of the payment request will constitute a representation by Architect to Owner based upon Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the payment request, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of Architect's knowledge, Information, and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by Architect. However, the certification of the payment request will not constitute a representation that Architect has: 1. Conducted exhaustive or continuous on-site inspec- tions to check the quantity or quality of the Work; 2. Reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences; or procedures; 3. Reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors or other data requested by Owner to substantiate Contractors right to payment; or 4. Made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. C. In taking action on Contractors payment request, Owner will be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by Contractor. 9.4 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION AND PAYMENT A. Architect may withhold certification of a payment request in whole or in part to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner if, in the opinion of Architect, the representations to Owner required by Section 9.3, Paragraph B cannot be accurately made. If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the payment request, Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.3, Paragraph A. If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, Architect will promptly certify a payment request for the amount for which Architect is able to make such representations to Owner. Architect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a payment request previously certified, to such extent as may be necessary in Architect's opinion to protect Owner from loss because of: 1. Defective work not remedied; 2. Third -party claims fled or reasonable evidence indicat- ing probable filing of such claims; 3. Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors for labor, materials, equipment, construction or services; 4. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5. Damage to Owner or another contractor for which Contractor is responsible; 6. Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- pleted within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance will not be adequate to cover the cost of completing the Work and damages for the anticipated delay; or 7. Contractor's persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. A. Architect will, within seven (7) days after receipt of Contractor's payment request, forward to Owner the payment request certified for such amount as Architect determines is properly due. If Architect certifies less than the full amount of the payment request, Architect will notify Contractor and Owner of Architect's reasons for withholding certification of the full amount requested. BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Owner reserves the right to withhold.payments to Contractor, subsequent to Architect's certification of any payment request, in order to protect Owner from loss due to any condition described in Section 9.4, Paragraph A, Subparagraphs 1 through 7. Upon satisfactory resolution of any such conditions, payments so withheld will be made. Page 9 of 13 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner will pay Contractor progress payments within the parameters of Section 9.2 within fifteen (15) days after: 1. Contractor has submitted a progress payment request; 2. Contractor has submitted Conditional Waiver and Release Upon Progress Payment documents (in content complying with Idaho Code executed by each of the subcontractors performing work and/or providing materials covered by the Contractor's progress payment request; and 3. Owner receives the certified payment request from Architect. B. After Contractor achieves Substantial Completion and submits its payment request for retained funds and delivers to the Architect Owner's form entitled "Contractors Substantial Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety' fully executed by Contractor and its surety, if any, and provides statutory Conditional Waiver and Release documents executed by all subcontractors and suppliers having claim against the retained funds, Owner will pay any unpaid retention less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 9.4 within forty-five (45) days from the later of (a) the date Owner received Contractor's payment request for retained funds and fully executed Contractor's Substantial Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety, (b) the date a certificate of occupancy is issued; (c) the date that a building inspector having authority to Issue its own certificate of occupancy does not issue that certificate but permits occupancy. C. Owner will make payments to Contractor by either placing the payments in the United States mail addressed to Contractor or by electronic transfer at Owner's discretion. D. Upon receipt of any payment from Owner, Contractor will pay to each Subcontractor the amount paid to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. E. Contractor will maintain a copy of each payment request at the Project site for review by the Subcontractors. F. No payment made under the Contract Documents, either in whole or in part, will be construed to be an acceptance of defective or improper materials or workmanship. G. In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner will also withhold and retain 5% of payments made to Contractor. 9.6 FINAL PAYMENT A. Owner will make full and final payment of the Contract Sum within twenty-one (21) days of the completion of all of the following requirements: 1. Contractor has submitted its final payment request; 2. Architect has declared to Owner in writing that the Work is complete; and 3. Architect has received conditional releases or releases or walvers of lien from all Subcontractors. B. Acceptance of final payment by Contractor or any Subcontrac- tor will constitute a waiver of claims by the payee except for those claims previously made in writing pursuant to Section 7 and identified by Contractor in its affidavit as still pending. C. If the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner exceeds the amount due Contractor, Contractor will reimburse the difference to Owner. SECTION 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS Contractor will be responsible to Owner for initialing and supervising all safety programs in connection with the performance of the Work. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. All persons on the site; 2. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo- rated into the Work; and 3. Other property at the site or adjacent to it. B. Contractor will give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and other lawful require- ments of public authorities bearing on the safety or protec- tion of persons and property. C. Contractor will designate a responsible member of its organization at the site whose duty will be the prevention of accidents. This person will be Contractor's onsite representative unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner and Architect. 10.3 EMERGENCIES In case of an emergency endangering life or threatening the safety of any person or property, Contractor may, without waiting for specific authorization from Architect or Owner, act at its own discretion to safeguard persons or property. Contractor will immediately notify Architect of such emergency action and make a full written report to Architect within five (5) days after the event. SECTION 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Contractor will obtain the following insurance and provide evidence thereof as described below prior to commencement of the Work or within ten (10) days after signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier: 1. Workers Compensation Insurance. 2. Employers Liability Insurance with minimum limits of the greater of $500,000 per accident/disease or as required by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 3. Commercial General Liability Insurance - ISO Form CG 00 01 (10/93) or equivalent Occurrence Policy which will provide primary coverage in the event of any Occurrence Claim, or Suit, with: a. Limits of not less than: 1) $2,000, 000 General Aggregate; 2) $2,000, 000 Products - Comp/OPS Aggre- gate: 3) $1,000, 000 Personal and Advertising Injury: 4) $1,000, 000 Each Occurrence; 5) $50,000 Fire Damage (any one Bre); and 6) $5,000 Medical Expense (anyone person). b. Endorsements attached thereto including the following or their equivalent: I ) ISO Form CG 25 03 (10/93), Amendment Of Limits of Insurance (Designated Project or Premises), describing the Agreement and specifying limits as shown above. 2) ISO Form CG 20 10 (10/93), Additional In- sured -- Owners, Lessees, Or Contractors (Form B), naming Owner and Architect as additional insureds. 4. Automobile Liability Insurance, with: a. A minimum limit of $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit per accident; and b. Coverage applying to "Any Auto." B. Contractor will provide evidence of such Insurance to Owner as follows: BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January2015 Page 10 of 13 Deliver to Owner a Certificate of Insurance, on ACORD 25-S (3/93) Form, or equivalent: a. Listing Owner as a Certificate Halder and Additional Insured on general liability and any excess liability policies; b. Attaching the endorsements set forth above. (Note: If forms other than ISO forms are used, copies of the non -ISO forms will be attached to this certifi- cate); C. Identifying the Project by specifying individual project name, on said certificate; d. Containing a cancellation clause of the certificate amended to read: "Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the Issuing insurer will mail 30 days prior written notice to the certificate holder names to the left"; e. Listing the insurance companies providing coverage (All companies listed must be rated "B+ Class VII" or better in the A.M. Best Company Key Rating Guide -Property -Casualty, current edition); and f. Bearing the name, address and telephone number of the producer and an original signature of the authorized representative of the producer. C. Contractor will maintain, from commencement of the Work, Insurance coverage required in Section 11.1 as follows: 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance through expiration of warranty period specified in Section 12.2, Paragraph B. including completion of any warranty repairs; and 2. All other insurance through Final Payment. D. Owner reserves the right to reject any insurance company, policy, endorsement, or certificate of insurance with or without cause. E. The cost of insurance as required above will be the obligation of Contractor. Contractor will be responsible for payment of all deductible amounts under all insurance. F. Contractor will provide builders risk insurance for the cost of the Project. The policy will be written on an all risk basis with coverage for perils of wind, flood, earthquake, and terrorism, with exclusions standard for the insurance industry. The terms, conditions, and deadlines of the builders risk policy shall govern coverage. In addition, when there is a loss which may be covered by the builders risk insurance policy, Contractor will comply with the following: 1. Contractor will report the loss immediately to the Owner. 2. Contractor will immediately notify its general liability insurance carrier of the loss. 3. Contractor will take all necessary and appropriate actions to protect the property and Individuals from further loss, harm, and injury. In the event there are damages resulting from fire or water, restoration shall be performed only by a certified restoration contractor. 4. To the extent possible, Contractor will preserve and not disturb the evidence of the loss until after the builders risk commercial insurer and all interested parties and their insurance carriers have had the opportunity to view and investigate the site and loss. 5. Contractor will cooperate with Owner and the builders risk commercial insurer in the investigation, documentation, and settlement of loss claims, including without limitation promptly responding to all requests for information and documentation from the builders risk commercial insurer and/or Owner. 11.2 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND material payment bond each In an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum as security for all obligations arising under the Contract Documents. Such bonds will: 1. Be written on Form AIA Document A312 (1987). 2. Be Issued by a surety company or companies licensed in the state in which the Project is located and holding valid certificates of authority under Sections 9304 to 9308, Title 31, of the United States Code as acceptable sureties or reinsurance companies on federal bonds. 3. Have a penal sum obligation not exceeding the authorization shown in the current revision of Circular #670 as issued by the United States Treasury Department, i.e. "Treasury List". 4. Be accompanied by a certified copy of the power of attorney stating the authority of the attorney-in-fact executing the bonds on behalf of the surety. B. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety company, performance bond, or labor and material payment bond with or without cause. C. The cost of the bonds as required above will be the obligation of Contractor. SECTION 12 - UNCOVERING AND COR- RECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK Contractor will notify Architect at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of performing work that would cover up work or otherwise make it difficult to perform inspections required by the Specifications or by applicable governing authorities. Should any such work be covered without proper notification having been given to Architect, Contractor will uncover that work for inspection at its own expense. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK A. Contractor will promptly correct any portion of the Work that is rejected by Architect or which fails to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, Installed, or completed. Contractor will bear the cost of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspection costs, compensation for Architect's services, and any other expenses made necessary thereby. B. Contractor will remedy any defects due to faulty materials, equipment, or workmanship which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents. Contractor will pay all costs of correcting faulty work, including additional Architect's fees, attorneys' fees, expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and other expenses when incurred. C. Nothing in the Contract Documents will be construed to establish a period of limitation within which Owner may enforce the obligation of Contractor to comply with the Contract Documents. The one-year period specified above has no relationship to the time within which compliance with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability with respect to Contractor's obligations. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK A. Prior to commencement of the Work or within ten (10) days A. If Owner prefers to accept any portion of the Work not in after signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier, Contractor conformance with the Contract Documents, Owner may do will furnish to Owner a performance bond and a labor and so instead of requiring removal and correction of the BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 11 of 13 nonconforming Work. In that event, the Contract Sum will be reduced by an amount agreed upon by the parties that reflects the difference in value to Owner between the Work as specified and the nonconforming Work. Such adjustment may consider increased maintenance costs, early replace- ment costs, increased inefficiency of use, and the like and will be effective whether or not final payment has been made. Such adjustment will be reflected in a Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5. B. Temporary or trial usage by Owner or Architect of mechanical devices, machinery, apparatus, equipment, or other work or materials supplied under the Contract Documents prior to written acceptance by Architect, will not constitute Owner's acceptance. SECTION 13 - RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 13.1 SUBMITTAL OF DISPUTE In the event there is any dispute arising under this Agreement which cannot be resolved by agreement between the parties, either party may submit the dispute with all documentation upon which it relies to Director of Project Construction, Physical Facilities Department, 50 East North Temple, 11th Floor, Salt Lake City, Utah 84150, who will convene a dispute resolution conference within thirty (30) days. The dispute resolution conference will constitute settlement negotiations and any settlement proposal made pursuant to the conference will not be admissible as evidence of liability. In the event that the parties do not resolve their dispute pursuant to the dispute resolution conference, either party may commence legal action to resolve the dispute. Any such action must be commenced within six (6) months from the first day of the dispute resolution conference or be time barred. Submission of the dispute to the Director as outlined above is a condition precedent to the right to commence legal action to resolve any dispute. In the event that either party commences legal action to adjudicate any dispute without first submitting the dispute to the Director, the other parry will be entitled to obtain an order dismissing the litigation without prejudice and awarding such other party any costs and attorneys fees incurred by that party in obtaining the dismissal, including without limitation copy costs, and expert and consultant fees and expenses. 13.2 CONTRACTOR TO PROCEED WITH DILIGENCE Pending final resolution of a dispute hereunder, Contractor will proceed diligently with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. SECTION 14 - TERMINATION 14.1 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR In the event Owner materially breaches any term of the Contract Documents, Contractor will promptly give Written Notice of the breach to Owner. If Owner fails to cure the breach within ten (10) days of the Written Notice, Contractor may terminate the Agreement by giving Written Notice to Owner and recover from Owner the percentage of the Contract Sum represented by the Work completed on the Project site as of the date of termination together with any out of pocket loss Contractor has sustained with respect to materials and equipment as a result of the termination prior to completion of the Work, less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or any other compensation or damages as a result of the termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and other close out documeTts as well as materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties In the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. 14.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE Should Contractor fail to provide Owner with the bonds and certificates of insurance required by Section 11 within the time specified therein, make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, fail to apply enough properly skilled workmen or specified materials to properly prosecute the Work in accordance with Contractor's schedule, or other- wise materially breach any provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, without any prejudice to any other right or remedy, give Contractor Written Notice thereof. If Contractor fails to cure its default within ten (10) days, Owner may terminate the Agreement by giving Written Notice to Contractor. In such case, Owner may, in Owner's sole discretion, take legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor and/or take possession of the premises and all materials, tools, equipment, and appliances thereon, and finish the Work by whatever method Owner deems expedient. Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the expense of finishing the Work, including compensation for additional administrative, architectural, consultant, and legal services (including without limitation attorneys fees, expert fees, copy costs, and other expenses), such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such expense exceeds the unpaid balance. Contractor will pay the difference to Owner. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and other close out documents as well as materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. 14.3 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Contract Documents, Owner may, without cause and in its absolute discretion, terminate the Agreement at any time. In the event of such termination, Contractor will be entitled to recover from Owner the percentage of the Contract Sum equal to the percentage of the Work which Architect determines has been completed on the Project site as of the date of termination together with any out of pocket loss Contractor has sustained with respect to materials and equipment as a result of the termination prior to completion of the Work, less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or any other compensation as a result of the termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and other close out documents as well as materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Owner may, in Owner's sole discretion, take legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. SECTION 15 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 15.1 GOVERNING LAW The parties acknowledge that the Contract Documents have substantial connections to the State of Utah. The Contract Documents will be deemed to have been made, executed, and delivered in Salt Lake City, Utah. To the maximum extent permitted by law, (i) the Contract Documents and all matters related to their creation and performance will be governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah, excluding conflicts of law rules; and (ii) all disputes arising from or related to the Contract Documents BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January2015 Page 12 of 13 will be decided only in a state or federal court located in Salt Lake City, Utah and not in any other court or state. Toward that end, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Salt Lake City, Utah and waive any other venue to which they might be entitled by virtue of domicile, habitual residence, place of business, or otherwise. 15.2 NO WAIVER No action or failure to act by Owner, Architect, or Contractor will constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract Documents, nor will such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 15.3 RULE OF CONSTRUCTION Owner and Contractor agree that the Contract Documents will be deemed to have been drafted by both Owner and Contractor and will not be construed against either Owner or Contractor because of authorship. 15.4 ENFORCEMENT In the event either party commences legal action to enforce or rescind any term of the Contract Documents, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its attorneys fees and costs, including without limitation all copy costs and expert and consultant fees and expenses, incurred in that action and on all appeals, from the other party. 15.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Owner and Architect have the right to have tests made when they deem it necessary. Tests conducted by Owner or Architect will be paid for by Owner. Should a test reveal a failure of the Work to meet Contract Document requirements, the cost of the test as well as subsequent tests related to the failure necessary to determine compliance with the Contract Documents will be paid for by j Owner, with the cost thereof deducted from the Contract Sum by Modification. B. Tests will be made in accordance with recognized stan- dards by a competent, independent testing laboratory. Materials found defective or not in conformity with Contract Document requirements will be promptly replaced or repaired at the expense of Contractor. C. Owner and Architect have the right to obtain samples of materials to be used in the Work and to test samples for determining whether they meet Contract Document require- ments. Samples required for testing will be furnished by Contractor and selected as directed by Architect. Samples may be required from the sample's source, point of manufacture, point of delivery, or point of installation at Architect's discretion. Samples not required as a Submittal in the Specifications will be paid for by Owner. Should tests reveal a failure of the Sample to meet the Contract Document requirements, Contractor will provide other Samples that comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT BYU-Idaho Revision 04 January 2015 Page 13 of 13 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FIXED SUM (U.S.) ITEM 1 - GENERAL Conditions of the Contract apply to each Division of the Specifications. 2. Provisions contained in Division 01 apply to Divisions 02 through 33 of the Specifications. ITEM 2 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNTS: The amount of liquidated damages to be paid to the Contractor for delays under General Conditions Section 7.3, Paragraph B is $150 per day. The amount of liquidated damages to be deducted by Owner from final payment for delays in Substantial Completion of the Work under General Conditions Article 8.3, Paragraph A is $300 per day. 3. The amount of liquidated damages to be deducted by Owner from final payment for delays in completing work itemized on the Substantial Completion Certificate under General Conditions Article 8.3, Paragraph B is $250 per day. ITEM 3 - PERMITS 1. Section 3.6, Paragraph B add the following: B. Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of the permits by submitting a copy of the receipt to the Owner. Payment shall be made by check to the Contractor without processing a Change Order. ITEM 4 - MISCELLANEOUS CHANGES IN GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1 - COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION & COMPLETION OF THE WORK A. The Contractor shall be required to commence work April 18, 2016 or promptly after receipt of the contract from the Owner. Asbestos abatement Work, under a separate contract, will start 4 -weeks prior to commencement of Work of this contract. Demolition Work of each building will be phased and will follow completion of abatement at each building. B. The Contractor shall prosecute the work diligently so as to complete it within the time limit allowed in this document. C. The Contractor agrees to complete this work required by the Contract on or before midnight October 31, 2016. D. Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of the Contract. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF OWNER D. Contractor shall submit all project documentation and correspondence using the owners Project Management Software. Including, but not limited to; RFI's, payment applications, inspection requests, logs, minutes, submittals; or any and all documentation as directed by owner. THE FOLLOWING ADDS TO SECTION 3.7 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 3.7 — CONTRACTOR'S ON-SITE REPRESENTATIVE BYU-Idaho Rev 03 January2015 Page 1 of 6 The Superintendent shall be present full-time at the Project site during the progress of the work. THE FOLLOWING REPLACES SECTION 7.1 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN INSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO CONTRACTOR A. The contract language contained in the Supplementary General Conditions take precedence over all other change order pricing contract provisions in the contract documents. It is understood that these contract provisions will govern the pricing and administration of all change order proposals to be submitted by the General Contractor and/or the Trade Contractors and/or the Subcontractors and/or all other lower tier sub -subcontractors (all referred to as "Contractor'). In the event of a conflict between the other contract documents used for the project, these change order pricing contract provisions shall govern. B. Contractor agrees that it will incorporate the provisions into all agreements with lower tier Contractors. It is understood that these change order pricing provisions apply to all types of contracts and/or subcontracts specifically including lump sum (or fixed price contracts), unit price contracts, and/or cost plus contracts. It is further understood that these change order provisions will apply to all methods of change order pricing specifically including lump sum change order proposals, unit price change order proposals, and cost plus change order proposals. C. Whenever change order proposals to adjust the contract price become necessary, the Owner will have the right to select the method of pricing to be used by the contractor in accordance with the pricing provisions. The options will be (1) lump sum change order proposal, (2) unit price change order proposal, or (3) cost plus change order proposal as defined in the following provisions. 1. Lump Sum Change Order Proposals: The Owner will require itemized change orders on all change order proposals from the Contractor, subcontractors, and sub -subcontractors regardless of tier. Details to be submitted will include detailed line item estimates showing detailed materials quantity take -offs, material prices by item and related labor hour pricing information and extensions (by line item or by drawing as applicable.) 2. Labor: Estimated labor hours shall include hours only for those workmen and working foremen directly involved in performing the change order work. Supervision above the level of working foremen (such as general foremen, superintendent, project manager, etc.) is considered to be included in the Markup Percentages as outlined in paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7. 3. Labor Burden: Labor burden allowable in change orders shall be defined as employer's net actual cost of payroll taxes (FICA, Medicare, SUTA, FUTA), net actual cost for employer's cost of union benefits (or other usual and customary fringe benefits if the employees are not union employees), and net actual cost to employer for worker's compensation insurance taking into consideration adjustments for experience modifiers, premium discounts, dividends, rebates, expense constants, assigned risk pool costs, net cost reductions due to policies with deductibles for self-insured losses, assigned risk rebates, etc. Contractor shall reduce their standard payroll tax percentages to properly reflect the effective cost reduction due to the estimated impact of the annual maximum wages subject to payroll taxes. 4. Material: Estimated material change order costs shall reflect the Contractor's reasonably anticipated net actual cost for the purchase of the material needed for the change order work. Estimated material costs shall reflect cost reductions available to the Contractor due to "non -Cash" discounts, trade discounts, free material credits, and/or volume rebates. Price quotations from material suppliers must be itemized with unit prices for each specific item to be purchased. "Lot pricing" quotations will not be considered sufficient substantiating detail. BYU-Idaho Rev 03 January 2015 Page 2 of 6 5. Equipment: Allowable change order estimated costs may include appropriate amounts for rental of major equipment specifically needed to perform the change order work (defined as tools and equipment with an individual purchase cost of more than 750). For contractor owned equipment, the "bare" equipment rental rates allowed to be used for pricing change order proposals shall be 75% of the monthly rate listed in the most current publication of The AED Green Book divided by 176 to arrive at a maximum hourly rate to be applied to the hours the equipment is used performing the change order work. Further, for contractor owned equipment the aggregate equipment rent charges for any single piece of equipment used in all change order work shall be limited to 50% of the fair market value of the piece of equipment when the first change order is priced involving usage of the piece of equipment. Fuel necessary to operate the equipment will be considered as a separate direct cost associated with the change order work. 6. Maximum Markup Percentage Allowable on Self -Performed Work: With respect to pricing change orders, the maximum Markup Percentage Fee to be paid to any Contractor (regardless of tier) on self -performed work shall be a single markup percentage not -to -exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the net direct cost of (1) direct labor and allowable labor burden costs applicable to the change order or extra work; (2) the net cost of material and installed equipment incorporated into the change or extra work, and (3) net rental cost of major equipment and related fuel costs necessary to complete the change in the Work. The markup computed using the above formula shall be considered to be allocated 2/3 to cover applicable overhead costs directly attributable to the field overhead costs related to processing, supervising and performing, the change order work, and the remaining 1/3 to cover home office overhead costs and profit. Maximum Markup Percentages Allowable on Work Performed by Lower Tier Contractors: With respect to pricing the portion of change order proposals involving work performed by lower tier contractors, the maximum Markup Percentage Fee allowable to the Contractor supervising the lower tier contractor's work shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the net of all approved change order work performed by all subcontractors combined for any particular change order proposal. The markup computed using the above formula shall be considered to be allocated 2/3 to cover applicable overhead costs directly attributable to the field overhead costs related to processing, supervising and performing the change order work, and the remaining 1/3 to cover home office overhead costs and profit. 8. No Markup on Bonds and Liability Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall not be subject to any Markup Percentage Fee. 9. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage Fee is intended to cover the Contractor's profit and all indirect costs associated with the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage Fee include, but are not limited to: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other administrative expenses; shop drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small toots is also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage Fee. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment BYU-Idaho Rev 03 January 2015 Page 3 of 6 (power or non -power) with an individual purchase cost of less than $750. 10. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentages referenced in the preceding paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 will apply to both additive and deductive change orders. In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by applying the sliding scale percentages as outlined in paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount. 11. Contingency: In no event will any lump sum or percentage amounts for "contingency" be allowed to be added as a separate line item in change order estimates. Unknowns attributable to labor hours will be accounted for when estimating labor hours anticipated to perform the work. Unknowns attributable to material scrap and waste will be estimated as part of material costs. 12. Change Order Proposal Time and Change Directives: The Contractor's proposals for changes in the contract amount or time shall be submitted within seven (7) calendar days of the Owner's request, unless the Owner extends such period of time due to the circumstances involved. If such proposals are not received in a timely manner, if the proposals are not acceptable to Owner, or if the changed work should be started immediately to avoid damage to the project or costly delay, the Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed with the changes without waiting for the Contractor's proposal or for the formal change order to be issued. In the case of an unacceptable Contractor proposal, the Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed with the changed work on a cost-plus basis with an agreed upon "not -to -exceed" price for the work to be performed. Such directions to the Contractor by the Owner shall be confirmed in writing by a "Notice to Proceed on Changes" letter within seven (7) calendar days. The cost or credit, and or time extensions will be determined by negotiations as soon as practical thereafter and incorporated in a Change Order to the Contract. THE FOLLOWING ADDS SECTION 7.9 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 7.9 Owner's Right to Audit A. Liability Insurance and Bonds: In the event the Contractor has been required to furnish comprehensive general liability insurance and/or performance and/or payment bonds as part of the base contract price, a final contract change order will be processed to account for the Contractor's net increase or decrease in comprehensive general liability insurance costs and/or bond premium costs associated with change orders to Contractor's base contract price. B. Accurate Change Order Pricing Information: Contractor (subcontractor or sub -sub contractor) agrees that it is responsible for submitting accurate cost and pricing data to support its Lump Sum Change and/or Cost Plus Change Order Proposals or other contract price adjustments under the contract. Contractor further agrees to submit change order proposals with cost and pricing data which is accurate, complete, current, and in accordance with the terms of the contract with respect to pricing of change orders. Right to Verify Change Order Pricing Information: Contractor, subcontractor and sub - sub -contractor agrees that any designated Owner's representative will have the right to examine (copy or scan) the records of the Contractor, subcontractor or sub -sub contractor's records (during the contract period and up to three years after final payment is made on the contract) to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price all change order proposals and/or claims. Contractor agrees that if the BYU-Idaho Rev 03 January 2015 Page 4 of 6 Owner determines the cost and pricing data submitted (whether approved or not) was inaccurate, incomplete, not current, or not in compliance with the terms of the contract _ regarding pricing of change orders, an appropriate contract price adjustment will be made. Such post -approval contract price adjustments will apply to all levels of contractors and/or subcontractors and to all types of change order proposals specifically including lump sum change orders, unit price change orders, and cost-plus change orders. D. Requirements for Detailed Change Order Pricing Information: Contractor, subcontractor agrees to provide and require all Subcontractors and sub -subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined in this Exhibit "A". This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the Contractor's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced, the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. THE FOLLOWING REPLACES SECTION 9.5 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner will pay Contractor progress payments within the parameters of Section 9.2 within fifteen (15) days after: 1. Contractor has submitted a progress payment request; 2. Contractor has submitted Conditional Waiver and Release Upon Progress Payment documents executed by each of the subcontractors performing work and/or providing materials covered by the Contractor's progress payment request; and 3. Owner receives the certified payment request from Architect. B. After Contractor achieves Substantial Completion and submits its payment request for retained funds and delivers to the Architect Owner's form entitled "Contractor's Substantial Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety" fully executed by Contractor and its surety, if any, and provides statutory Conditional Waiver and Release documents executed by all subcontractors and suppliers having claim against the retained funds, Owner will pay any unpaid retention less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 9.4 within forty-five (45) days from the later of (a) the date Owner received Contractor's payment request for retained funds and fully executed Contractor's Substantial Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety, (b) the date a certificate of occupancy is issued; (c) the date that a building inspector having authority to issue its own certificate of occupancy does not issue that certificate but permits occupancy. C. Owner will make payments to Contractor by either placing the payments in the United States mail addressed to Contractor or by electronic transfer at Owner's discretion. D. Upon receipt of any payment from Owner, Contractor will pay to each Subcontractor the amount paid to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. E. Contractor will maintain a copy of each payment request at the Project site for review by the Subcon- tractors. F. No payment made under the Contract Documents, either in whole or in part, will be construed to be an acceptance of defective or improper materials or workmanship. G. In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner will also withhold and retain 5% of payments BYU-Idaho Rev 03 January 2015 Page 5 of 6 made to Contractor. These retention funds will be held in an interest bearing account. THE FOLLOWING REPLACES SECTION 9.6 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 9.6 FINAL PAYMENT A. Owner will make full and final payment of the Contract Sum within thirty (30) days of the completion of all of the following requirements: 1. Contractor has submitted its final payment request; 2. Contractor has submitted Waiver and Release Upon Final Payment documents executed by each of the subcontractors performing work and/or providing materials covered by the Contractor's final payment request; and 3. Architect has declared to Owner in writing that the Work is complete. B. Acceptance of final payment by Contractor or any Subcontractor will constitute a waiver of claims by the payee except for those claims previously made in writing pursuant to Section 7 and identified by Contractor in its affidavit as still pending. C. If the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner exceeds the amount due Contractor, Contractor will reimburse the difference to Owner. THE FOLLOWING ADDS SECTION 11.2 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 11.2.A PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 5. BYU-Idaho does not require Labor, Material Payment and/or Performance Bonds on Bid Proposals under $40,000. THE FOLLOWING REPLACES SECTION 15.1 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 15.1 GOVERNING LAW A. To the maximum extent permitted by law, (i) the Contract Documents and all matters related to their creation and performance will be governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho, excluding conflicts of law rules; and (ii) all disputes arising from or related to the Contract Documents will be decided only in a state or federal court located in Pocatello, Idaho and not in any other court or state. Toward that end, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Pocatello, Idaho and waive any other venue to which they might be entitled by virtue of domicile, habitual residence, place of business, or otherwise. END OF DOCUMENT 8YU-Idaho Rev 03 January 2015 Page 6 of 6 a � tl 'a ,o 0 C 00 � U N d O y 0 Q O vi w z U O vi F» � kro. N Pi ) O T W � U J Q a � tl 'a ,o 0 C 00 � U N 0� 0 00 a Q vi of cn y tl F» vi F» � kro. N Pi ) F � U J 000 0 0 00 000 0� 0 00 bs v3 vi of cn Fn F» vi F» ®' zv 0 w O N 0 F Q A 0 0 � 06 O F A d d a F' O � 5 SOF o O to y W m UU c, 6z Z ®' zv 0 w WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 01 1000 -SUMMARY PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Access to site. 4. Work restrictions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Women's Dormitory Demolition and New Parking. 1. Project Location: Brigham Young University — Idaho; Rexburg Idaho. 2. FFKR Project No# 15067. B. Owner: Brigham Young University — Idaho. C. Architect: FFKR Architects, 730 Pacific Avenue, Salt Lake City, Utah 84104, (801) 521-6186. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. The Work includes demolition of indicated existing women's dormitories and site improvements indicated and construction of new asphalt, concrete, and porous concrete paving, fencing, monument signage and other site improvements as indicated. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 15067 (1/15/16) SUMMARY 01 1000-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.5 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of adjacent Project site and use by the public. Confine constructions operations to construction limits indicated on Drawings. Do not disrupt normal operations in adjacent buildings or portions of buildings indicated to remain. Operations not to be disrupted include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Emergency vehicle access. b. Public transportation access. C. Access for building waste removal. d. Access for building deliveries. C. Access to exits and entrances for building patrons and the public. f Utilities and other services to the building. 2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. C. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. 15067 (1/15/16) SUMMARY 01 1000-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho D. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. E. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000 15067 (1/15/16) SUMMARY O1 1000-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. B. Related Requirements: Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor. D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. 15067 (1/15/16) UNIT PRICES 012200-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price No. 1: Porous (Permeable) Paving. 1. Description: Provide unit price for all components of porous paving system, including installation costs, as indicated in Drawings and specified in Section 32 1443 "Porous Unit Paving." B. Unit Price No. 2: Plantings: 1. Description: Each type of planting as indicated in Drawings and/or specified in Section 32 9300 "Plants." 2. Unit of Measurement: Each type of completely installed planting. C. Unit Price No. 3: Ground Coverings: I F 1. Description: Each type of ground covering as indicated in Drawings and/or specified Section 32 9300 "Plants." 2. Unit of Measurement: Square yard of each type of completely installed ground covering. D. Unit Price No* Trees: 1. Description: Each type of tree as indicated in Drawings and/or specified Section 32 9300 "Plants." 2. Unit of Measurement: Each type of completely installed tree. END OF SECTION 012200 15067 (1/15/16) UNIT PRICES O1 2200-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: I. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC -ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. 1. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. in. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500-2 j WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. C. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2500 15067 (1/15/16) SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. RFIs. 3. Project Transfer Website (Newforma). 4. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. t i 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. Post copies of list in project meeting room and in temporary field office. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716 or other software -generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor -generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to General Conditions of the Contract. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: I. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.7 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. Web -Based Project Software: Use Architect's web -based Project software site (Newforma) for purposes of Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. B. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. C. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f Lines of communications. g. Use of web -based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 1. Distribution of the Contract Documents. in. Submittal procedures. n. Preparation of Record Documents. o. Use of the premises. p. Work restrictions. q. Working hours. r. Owner's occupancy requirements. S. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. t. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. U. Construction waste management and recycling. V. Parking availability. W. Office, work, and storage areas. X. Equipment deliveries and priorities. y. First aid. Z. Security. aa. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, Construction Manager of scheduled meeting dates. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. C. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. It. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. 1. Weather limitations. in. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. S. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. U. Installation procedures. V. Coordination with other work. W. Required performance results. X. Protection of adjacent work. Y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. i 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. i 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. I 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A, Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Construction schedule updating reports. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Material location reports. 5. Site condition reports. 6. Unusual event reports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho PDF file. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. C. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. tE E. F. G. H. 1.5 A. 1.6 F-9 1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date if known. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. COORDINATION Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of final completion. 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: j 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. C. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use -of -premises restrictions. f Seasonal variations. g. Environmental control. 3. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. C. Purchases. d. Mockups. C. Fabrication. f Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 4. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. b. Completion of electrical installation. C. Substantial Completion. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unretumed submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. G. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. H. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.7 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a time -scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for commencement of the Work. 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates. 2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information. 3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. hrdicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule to coordinate with the Contract Time. B. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. C. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and inspection. j. Punch list and final completion. k. Activities occurring following final completion. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time -scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. C. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule. D. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start -total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Average size of workforce. 9. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values). E. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. F. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. 1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date. 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings. a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and 'cumulative value completed" with total at bottom. 1.8 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. Equipment at Project site. 4. Material deliveries. 5. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 6. Testing and inspection. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 9. Unusual events. 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage. C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3200 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web -based Project software. 2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections. 4. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals. 5. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburgldaho additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. C. Submittal Category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled date of fabrication. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Architect. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8. Category and type of submittal. 9. Submittal purpose and description. 10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Indication of full or partial submittal. 13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 14. Other necessary identification. 15. Remarks. 16. Signature of transmitter. B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. E. Submittals for Web -Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files, or other format indicated by Project software website. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Web -Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web -based Project software website. Enter required data in web -based software site to fully identify submittal. 2. Paper: Prepare submittals in paper form, and deliver to Architect. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams that show factory -installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. C. Operational range diagrams. 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. C. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Paper Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by I I inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. a. Three opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will retain two copies; remainder will be returned. C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: 4. 5. a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. C. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. Web -Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web -based Project software website. Enter required data in web -based software site to fully identify submittal. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality - control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Name of space. 4. Location within space. E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G. Certificates: Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. 15067 (1115116) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. C. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.8 DELEGATED -DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated -Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp or indication in web -based Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and - — approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 1.10 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Submittals: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action, as follows: a. "No Exceptions": Architect has no exceptions to submittal. b. "Rejected": Architect rejects submittal. C. "Furnish as Corrected": Architect has no exceptions to submittal as corrected. d. "Revise and Resubmit": Architect requires submittal to be revised and resubmitted. e. "Submit Specified Item": Architect requires specified item(s) to be submitted. 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013300 15067 (1/15/16) SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS j PART1-GENERAL i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality -assurance and quality -control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality - assurance and quality -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -assurance and quality -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality -Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Use of trade -specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). D. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site either as freestanding temporary built elements or as part of permanent construction. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. G. Source Quality -Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. J. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality -control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect. 1.4 DELEGATED -DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Delegated -Design Services Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality -Control Plan: For quality -assurance and quality -control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality -control personnel. C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility submitted to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic -force -resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections. 2. Main wind -force -resisting system or a wind -resisting component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections. D. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality -control service. E. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. F. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Factory -Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory -authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory -authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory -authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. C. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. When testing is complete, remove test specimens and test assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups of size indicated. 2. Build mockups in location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed to perform same tasks during the construction at Project. 5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting corresponding work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re -review of each mockup. 7. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 8. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality -control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality -control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and quality -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality - control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality - control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows: 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality -control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 la W C. TEST AND INSPECTION LOG Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. REPAIR AND PROTECTION General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho END OF SECTION 014000 15067 (1/15/16) QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-10 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: Section 01 1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer -service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water -service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric -power -service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. 15067 (1115116) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA -ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI Al 17.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch, 0.148 -inch -thick, galvanized -steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2 -3/8 -inch -OD line posts and 2 -7/8 -inch -OD corner and pull posts, with 1 -5/8 -inch -OD top rails. B. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch, 0.148 -inch -thick, galvanized -steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2 -3/8 -inch -OD line posts and 2 -7/8 -inch -OD comer and pull posts, with 1 -5/8 -inch -OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized -steel bases for supporting posts. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common -Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project -site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4 -foot -square tack and marker boards. Drinking water and private toilet. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F. 5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 15067 (1115/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Connect temporary sewers to private system indicated as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner. G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common -use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide one telephone line(s) for Owner's use. 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. C. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following: 1. Processor: Intel Core i5 or i7. 2. Memory: 4 gigabyte. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. Disk Storage: 500 gigabyte hard -disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive. 4. Display: 24 -inch LCD monitor with 256 -Mb dedicated video RAM. 5. Full-size keyboard and mouse. 6. Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet. 7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional. 8. Productivity Software: a. Microsoft Office Professional, 2010 or higher, including Word, Excel, and Outlook. b. Adobe Reader 11.0 or higher. C. WinZip 7.0 or higher. 9. Printer: "All -in -one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing, photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three functions. 10. Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall, providing minimum 1.0 Mbps upload and 15 Mbps download speeds at each computer. 11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application. 12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 2 terrabyte, with automated backup software providing daily backups. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. - 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire -fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant -protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation -control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho E. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." F. Pest Control: Engage pest -control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As indicated on drawings, or if not indicated, as required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday.' Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 015000 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 015639 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary site fencing. 2. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for removing existing trees and shrubs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Caliper: Diameter of a trunk measured by a diameter tape or the average of the smallest and largest diameters at 6 inches above the ground for trees up to, and including, 4 -inch size; and 12 inches above the ground for trees larger than 4 -inch size. B. Tree -Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction, and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the diameter of the drip line unless otherwise indicated. C. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of the following: 1. Organic Mulch: 1 -pint volume of organic mulch; in sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. 2. Protection -Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples of manufacturer's standard size made from full-size components. 3. Protection -Zone Signage: Full-size Samples of each size and text, ready for installation. C. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 5639 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Species and size of tree. 2. Location on site plan. Include unique identifier for each. 3. Reason for pruning. 4. Description of pruning to be performed. 5. Description of maintenance following pruning. D. Qualification Data: For qualified arborist and tree service firm. E. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. F. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. G. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction activities. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by ISA. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related to temporary tree and plant protection including, but not limited to, the following: a. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, personnel, and equipment needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Enforcing requirements for protection zones. C. Arborist's responsibilities. d. Field quality control. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones. i i C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and organic mulch. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated top layer of the soil profile or manufactured topsoil; containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1 inch in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and toxic and other nonsoil materials. 1. Obtain topsoil only from well -drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches deep or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. B. Protection -Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting one of the following requirements. Chain -Link Protection -Zone Fencing: Galvanized -steel fencing fabricated from minimum 2 -inch opening, 0.148 -inch -diameter wire chain-link fabric; with pipe posts, minimum 2- 3/8 -inch -OD line posts, and 2 -7/8 -inch -OD corner and pull posts; with 1 -5/8 -inch -OD top rails and 0.177 -inch -diameter bottom tension wire; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system. a. Height: 4 feet. 2. Gates: Single swing access gates matching material and appearance of fencing, to allow for maintenance activities within protection zones; leaf width 24 inches. C. Protection -Zone Signage: Shop -fabricated, rigid plastic or metal sheet with attachment holes prepunched and reinforced; legibly printed with nonfading lettering and as follows: 1. 2. Size and Text: As directed by owner's representative. Lettering: 3 -inch- high minimum, white characters on red background. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. B. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by arborist, listing conditions detrimental to tree and plant protection. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. Flag each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground. B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. C. Tree -Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree -protection zones and other areas indicated. Apply 4 -inch average thickness of organic mulch. Do not place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks. 3.3 TREE- AND PLANT -PROTECTION ZONES A. Protection -Zone Fencing: Install protection -zone fencing along edges of protection zones before materials or equipment are brought on the site and construction operations begin in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering protected area except by entrance gates. Construct fencing so as not to obstruct safe passage or visibility at vehicle intersections where fencing is located adjacent to pedestrian walkways or in close proximity to street intersections, drives, or other vehicular circulation. 1. Chain -Link Fencing: Install to comply with ASTM F 567 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Posts: Set or drive posts into ground one-third the total height of the fence without concrete footings. Where a post is located on existing paving or concrete to remain, provide appropriate means of post support acceptable to Architect. 3. Access Gates: Install; adjust to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Protection -Zone Signage: Install protection -zone signage in visibly prominent locations in a manner approved by Architect. Install one sign spaced approximately every 20 feet on protection -zone fencing, but no fewer than four signs with each facing a different direction. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash. D. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect. E. Maintain protection -zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site. 1. Do not remove protection -zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or equipment access through the protection zone. 2. Temporary access is permitted subject to preapproval in writing by arborist if a root buffer effective against soil compaction is constructed as directed by arborist. Maintain root buffer so long as access is permitted. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according to requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." B. Trenching near Trees: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, hand excavate under or around tree roots or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required for root pruning. C. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction and as required for root pruning. D. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3.5 ROOT PRUNING A. Prune roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as follows: 1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil. 3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly. 4. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune roots 12 inches outside of the protection zone, by cleanly cutting all roots to the depth of the required excavation. C. Root Pruning within Protection Zone: Clear and excavate by hand to the depth of the required excavation to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow -tine spading forks, comb soil to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible. 3.6 REGRADING A. Lowering Grade within Protection Zone: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade away from trees as recommended by arborist unless otherwise indicated. 1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed by lowering the grade. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots as required for root pruning. B. Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Engage a qualified arborist to direct plant -protection measures in the vicinity of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain and to prepare inspection reports. 3.8 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect. 1. Submit details of proposed root cutting and tree and shrub repairs. 2. Have arborist perform the root cutting, branch pruning, and damage repair of trees and shrubs. 3. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written instructions. 4. Perform repairs within 24 hours. 5. Replace vegetation that cannot be repaired and restored to full -growth status, as determined by Architect. B. Trees: Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that are more than 66 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition or are damaged during construction operations that Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced for each tree that measures 6 inches or smaller in caliper size. 2. Provide one new tree(s) of 6 -inch caliper size for each tree being replaced that measures more than 6 inches in caliper size. 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho a. Species: Species selected by Architect. C. Reimbursements to Owner: Make every effort to save trees during construction that are not designated to be removed. Reimburse Owner for trees designated to remain that are damaged or do not survive during construction. Reimbursement cost of tree shall be determined by independent arborist. D. Soil Aeration: Where directed by Architect, aerate surface soil compacted during construction. Aerate 10 feet beyond drip line and no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2 -inch- diameter holes a minimum of 12 inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of angered soil and sand. 3.9 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 015639 15067 (1/15/16) TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639-7 I ii WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis -of -design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 15067 (1/15/16) PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis -of -design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis -of -Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300 - "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service - connected or power -operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: 15067 (1/15/16) PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. C. Capacity. d. Speed. C. Ratings. 3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Unless Owner provides storage facilities, provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on 15067 (1/15/16) PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. I. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal and Or Equivalent: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," or "or equivalent" comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of "or equal" or "or equivalent" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final. B. Product Selection Procedures: 15067 (1/15/16) PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:..." 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:..." 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:..." 4. Non -Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. a. Non -limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:..." Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:..." 6. Non -Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non -limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:..." Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. 15067 (1/15/16) PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. I. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in- service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 15067 (1/15/16) PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 01 7300 -EXECUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS i A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor. B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. D. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor. E. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land -surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 017300-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 017300-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field -engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 017300-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey." 1 i 1 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 017300-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. D. Existing Utility Services: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 017300-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. 15067 (1115116) EXECUTION 017300-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 15067 (1/15/16) EXECUTION 017300-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 4116 "Structure Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. 2. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below -grade improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. C. Delivery metal items to be recycled to Owner -designated recycling facility as specified in Section 024116 —"Structure Demolition." 3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 7419 15067 (1/15/16) CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. 15067 (1/15/16) CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. r a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 15067 (1/15/16) CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 6. Complete final cleaning requirements. 7. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. Submit pest -control final inspection report. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. 15067 (1/15/16) CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 2. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. Three paper copies. Architect will return two copies. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS -37, or if GS -37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d, Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove labels that are not permanent. 15067 (1/15/16) CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho f Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. g. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. h. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 2. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 3. Replace burned -out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 017700 15067 (1/15/16) CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL j 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked -up record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked -up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record- keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - I WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. C. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Locations of concealed internal utilities. i. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. j. Changes made following Architect's written orders. k. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. 1. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. in. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Identification: As follows: 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho a. Project name. b. Date. C. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file. 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. PART 2 -PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 017839 15067 (1/15/16) PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017939-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 02 4116 - STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of buildings and site improvements. 2. Removing below -grade construction. 3. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning in-place site utilities. B. Related Requirements: i 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements. 2. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above -and below -grade site improvements not part of building demolition. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review and finalize protection requirements. 5. Review procedures for dust control. 6. Review procedures for protection of adjacent buildings. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician. B. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building. C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property where required, for environmental protection, and for dust control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. Adjacent Buildings: Detail special measures proposed to protect adjacent buildings to remain including means of egress from those buildings. D. Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of demolition work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2. Temporary interruption of utility services. 3. Shutoff and capping or re-routing of utility services. E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA -approved certification program. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of the Work. 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Buildings immediately adjacent to demolition area will be occupied. Conduct building demolition so operations of occupied buildings will not be disrupted. 1. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that will affect operations of adjacent occupied buildings. 2. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings. a. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other facilities used by occupants of adjacent buildings without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. C. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. E. On-site storage or sale of removed items or materials is not permitted. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations of adjacent occupied buildings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. 2.2 SOIL MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soils: Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting demolition operations. B. If available, review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during building demolition operations. D. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Utilities to be Disconnected: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities serving buildings and structures to be demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 2. If removal, relocation, or abandonment of utility services will affect adjacent occupied buildings, then provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings and structures to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structures. 3. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches below grade. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during demolition operations. Maintain exits from existing buildings. B. Temporary Shoring: support to preserve being demolished. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of construction 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition. C. Existing Utilities to Remain: Maintain utility services to remain and protect from damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. a. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to occupants of affected buildings if shutdown of service is required during changeover. D. Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. Comply with requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 1. Protect adjacent buildings and facilities from damage due to demolition activities. 2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 3. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. 4. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 5. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building demolition area and to and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures. 6. Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that are to remain and that are exposed to building demolition operations. 7. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust, noise, and dirt migration to occupied portions of adjacent buildings. E. Remove temporary barriers and protections where hazards no longer exist. Where open excavations or other hazardous conditions remain, leave temporary barriers and protections in place. 3.5 DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish indicated buildings and site improvements completely. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. Maintain portable fire -suppression devices during flame -cutting operations. 2. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 3. Locate building demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct building demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental -protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution. C. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. 3.6 DEMOLITION BY MECHANICAL MEANS A. Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. B. Remove debris from elevated portions of the building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 1. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to minimize ground impact and dust generation. C. Recycling: Remove items below and deliver to Owner -designated recycling facility. Items to be removed for recycling include: I. Black iron pipe. 2. Copper wire and tubing. D. Below -Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below -grade construction. Remove below -grade construction, including foundation walls and footings, completely. E. Existing Utilities: Unless Abandon existing utilities and below -grade utility structures. Cut utilities flush with grade. 3.7 SITE RESTORATION A. Below -Grade Areas: Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from building demolition operations with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." B. Site Grading: Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.8 REPAIRS A. Promptly repair damage to adjacent buildings caused by demolition operations. 3.9 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA -approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver items indicated to be recycled to location designated by Owner. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Do not burn demolished materials. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition operations began. Clean roadways of debris caused by debris transport. END OF SECTION 02 4116 15067 (1/15/16) STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 03 3053 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete for monument sign bases and elsewhere as indicated, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs -on -grade. 2. Section 32 1313 "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement, curbs, and walks. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements to determine compliance with specified tolerances. D. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI -certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI -certified B. Ready -Mix -Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready - mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. At least 20 days prior to submitting design mixtures, conduct a meeting to review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho availability of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes. C. Agency responsible for field quality control. d. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. e. Concrete subcontractor. 1.5 GUARANTEE A. Special Guarantee: On form approved by Architect, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to promptly repair or replace all components of concrete that fails in materials or workmanship, including material and labor, within specified guarantee period. 1. Failures include pitting, spalling, cracking, honeycombing, surface color and texture irregularities, air bubbles, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Failure includes installation that does provide indicated slope to drain. Immediately repair or replace concrete and place in satisfactory condition in every particular, any guaranteed work upon written notice from the Project Manager or Architect and make good all damage to the buildings and grounds caused by said work, without cost to the Owner. 2. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. "General Requirements." 2. "Formwork and Formwork Accessories." a. Forms for Smooth -Formed Architectural Finished Exposed Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1) Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as one of the following: a) Medium -density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill -release agent treated and edge sealed. b) B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. 3. "Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports." 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 4. "Concrete Mixtures." 5. "Handling, Placing, and Constructing." B. Comply with ACI 117. C. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than I inch in diameter in concrete surface. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, as drawn. C. Plain -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as - drawn steel wire into flat sheets. D. Deformed -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from - single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I, gray. C. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33/C 33M, 3/4 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 1. For exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates which may cause stains on concrete surfaces or that contain substances that cause spalling. 2. Do not use aggregates containing soluble salts or other substances such as iron sulphides, pyrite, marcasite, or ochre which can cause stains on concrete surfaces. D. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 3. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 -3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 5. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. F. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self -expanding cork. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth or cotton mats. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with ACI 301. B. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. C. Normal -Weight Concrete: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of trowel -finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when warranted by characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances. Submit laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results to Architect and obtain Architect's acceptance before using in Work. 1. Laboratory Trial Batches: When laboratory trial batches are used to select concrete proportions, prepare test specimens as specified in ACI 301 and in accordance with ASTM C 192 and conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C 39. 2. Field Experience Method: When field experience methods are used to select concrete proportions, establish proportions as specified in ACI 301. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. If suitable data from field experience or laboratory trial batches cannot be obtained, concrete proportions may be established by use of the water -cement ratio limits table and the limiting restrictions of ACI 301. 4. Strength data for establishing standard deviation will be considered suitable if the concrete production facility has certified records consisting of at least 30 consecutive tests in one group or the statistical average for 2 groups totaling 30 or more tests, representing similar materials and project conditions. 5. Standard Deviation: If standard deviation exceeds 600 psi or if no suitable records are available, select proportions to produce an average strength of at least 1200 psi greater than the required compressive strength of concrete. 6. After sufficient experience and test data become available from the job, using ACI 214 methods of evaluation, the standard deviation may be reduced when the probable frequency of tests more than 500 psi below required compressive strength will not exceed 1 in 100, and that the probable frequency of an average of 3 consecutive tests below required compressive strength will not exceed 1 in 100. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2. Include at least the following information on each batch ticket: a. Name of ready -mix batch plant. b. Serial number of ticket. C. Date and number of truck. d. Name of Contractor. e. Specific designation of job (name and location). f Volume of concrete (number of cubic yards). g. Time batch was dispensed to truck. h. Reading of revolution counter at first addition of water. i. Signature or initials of ready -mix representative. j. Type and brand of cement. k. Amount of cement (can be indicated by weight or quantity). 1. Total water content by producer (can be indicated by weight or quantity). in. Water added by receiver of concrete and his initials (can be indicated by weight or quantity). n. Admixtures and amount of same. o. Maximum size of aggregate. p. Weights of fine and coarse aggregates. q. Indication that all ingredients are as previously certified or approved. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ensure that all silt, loose rock, and deleterious material has been removed from the area prior to concrete pouring. Evaluate site prior to bidding to determine if any additional topsoil removal may be required. Do not use this material as fill. 3.2 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: I. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces and high quality architectural surfaces including surfaces exposed to view and surfaces to receive waterproofing, carpeting, or vinyl tiling. Comply with ACI 303.1 limits on form -facing panel deflection. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. At construction joints, overlap forms over hardened concrete at least 6 inches. F. Radius exterior comers and edges of permanently exposed concrete as indicated. G. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 -inch -wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. - - 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 for placing concrete. B. Preparation of Subgrade for Slabs on Grade: Keep subgrade moist but do not allow standing water, mud or soft spots. If temperature where concrete is to be placed is below 50 deg. F, enclose and heat to maintain temperature above 50 deg. F long enough to remove frost from subgrade. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. D. Do not allow time between charging of materials in the mixing drum and placement on site to exceed 90 minutes (60 minutes for air -entrained concrete), less for higher temperatures. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. F. Deposit and consolidate concrete base in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 -7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly, 1/8 -inch per foot minimum, to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. G. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/2 inch. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view,. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. D. Quality of Exposed Concrete: Provide exposed -to -view concrete that is consistent in appearance and that has no less than the following characteristics: 1. Proper and consistent alignment of form panels and form ties. 2. Absence of staining from form leakage. 3. Absence of honeycomb or excessive segregation due to improper vibration or form leakage. 4. Correct placement of rustication or other detail treatment as shown on drawings. 5. Truly square and plumb corners unless clearly directed otherwise. 6. Absence of markings from formwork (i.e. use MDF or plastic forms.) 3.8 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C. Float Finish: Apply float finish to horizontal surfaces. D. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot - weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq, ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. C. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. E. Stain Prevention: Use special care to prevent petroleum and other stains from forming on concrete surfaces. Comply with at least the following: 1. Diaper all hydraulic powered equipment to avoid staining of concrete. 2. Do not use pipe cutting machines on interior floor slabs. 3. Avoid rust staining. Do not allow steel to be placed on interior slab. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as slabs, for finish smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a proprietary repair underlayment when acceptable to Architect. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4 -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.. 6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. D. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. E. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. F. Exposed Concrete Repair: Use special care repairing concrete exposed to view. Comply with the following: 1. Protect corners, edges, and surfaces of exposed concrete from damage; use guards and barricades. 2. Protect exposed concrete from staining, laitance, and contamination during remainder of construction period. 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 - 10 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. Clean exposed concrete surfaces after finish treatment to remove stains, markings, dust, and debris. 4. Wash and rinse exposed concrete surfaces according to concrete finish applicator's written recommendations. Protect other Work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations. 5. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of cast -in- place architectural concrete finishes. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner may engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. C. Measure slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 24 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 03 3053 15067 (1/15/16) MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 - 11 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 10 1426 - METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum box monument signs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary Project identification signs and for temporary informational and directional signs. 2. Section 03 3053 "Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete foundations and setting anchor bolts in concrete foundations for monument signs. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates and tolerance information for placement of sign -anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For signage. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half size. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 10 1426 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Evaluation Reports: For post -installed anchors, from ICC -ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design sign structure and anchorage of monument sign type according to structural performance requirements. B. Structural Performance: Signs and supporting elements shall withstand the effects of gravity and other loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Uniform Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Concentrated Horizontal Load: As indicated on Drawings. 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 101426-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 ALUMINUM BOX MONUMENT SIGNS A. Monument Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces and support assembly; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: Hollow -Box Sign per Sheet L-300: Entire perimeter framed with formed -aluminum sheet or extruded -aluminum, hollow -box -type frame with vertical edges attached to supports with aluminum fittings. Close top and bottom edges of panels with manufacturer's standard welded seams or extrusions. a. Hollow -Box Width, Depth and Height: As indicated. b. Profile: Square. C. Comer Condition in Elevation: Square. d. Finish and Color: As indicated in Drawings (Sheet L-300). 2. Sign -Frame Mounting: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Sign -Panel -Face Finish and Applied Graphics: a. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish and Graphics: As indicated on Drawings. b. Graphics: Provided by Owner - -- 4. Text, Artwork, Logo and Typeface: As directed y Owner. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. C. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints in colors indicated and as directed by Owner that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated. 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 10 1426-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. Use exposed fasteners at back of signage only. 2. For exterior exposure, furnish nonferrous -metal devices unless otherwise indicated. Use stainless steel sand -offs where indicated for removable panel. 3. Exposed Metal -Fastener Components, General: a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. b. Fastener Heads: For nonstructural connections, use oval countersunk screws and bolts with tamper-resistant, Allen -head one -way -head slots unless otherwise indicated. 4. Inserts: Furnish inserts to be set by other installers into concrete work. B. Post -Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with bolts of same basic metal as fastened metal, if visible, unless otherwise indicated; with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC -ES ACO1 or ICC -ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Uses: Securing signs with imposed loads to structure. 2. Type: Torque -controlled, expansion anchor or adhesive anchor. 3. Material for Exterior or Interior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/13 1187M. D. Anchoring Materials: Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation, in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 101426-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 4. Conceal fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed; locate exposed fasteners where they will be inconspicuous. ! 5. Internally brace signs for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil - canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners. i B. Sign Message Panels: Construct sign -panel surfaces to be smooth and to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner. 1. Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods to produce message panels with closely fitting joints. Align edges and surfaces with one another in the relationship indicated. 2. Increase panel thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners or backing materials as needed to produce surfaces without distortion, buckles, warp, or other surface deformations. 3. Continuously weld joints and seams unless other methods are indicated; grind, fill, and dress welds to produce smooth, flush, exposed surfaces with welds invisible after final finishing. C. Fabrication: Detail anchorage so that water can drain out of assembly without obstruction. Drill holes in members for anchor -bolt connection. Provide anchor bolts of size required for connecting base to concrete foundations. Internal Frames: Manufacturer's standard internal framing system and anchorage, modified as required for Project requirements. Provide welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, bolts, and similar items. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 101426-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that sign -support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs. C. Verify that anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using installation methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign components are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. 4. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.3 INSTALLING MONUMENT SIGNS A. Vertical Tolerance: Install monument signs plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. B. Attachment with Preset Anchor Bolts: Set monument sign base in position over anchor bolts projecting from concrete foundation, shim and support monument sign to prevent movement, place washers and nuts, and tighten. Fill shim space with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 10 1426-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 10 1426 15067 (1/15/16) METAL MONUMENT SIGNAGE 101426-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 31 1000 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 2. Removing existing vegetation. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 5. Removing above- and below -grade site improvements. 6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning site utilities in place. 7. Temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utility services, construction and support facilities, security and protection facilities. —- --- 2. Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for temporary protection facilities for existing trees. 3. Section 017300 "Execution" for field engineering and surveying. 4. Section 02 4116 "Structure Demolition" for demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic matter and soil organisms. B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site. In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in- place surface soil and is the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is generally friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials. 15067 (1/15/16) SITE CLEARING 31 1000- 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho D. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants. 1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for stripped topsoil and other materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. 1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape. 2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plants designated to remain. B. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately showing locations of capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site -clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. C. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures are in place. D. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones. E. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones. F. Soil Stripping, Handling, and Stockpiling: Perform only when the topsoil is dry or slightly moist. 15067 (1/15/16) SITE CLEARING 31 1000-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off-site when satisfactory soil material is not available on-site. B. Antirust Coating: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, self -curing, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI #79, Alkyd Anticorrosive Metal Primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. each tree trunk at 54 inches above the ground. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation -control Drawings and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. C. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion- and sedimentation -control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 15067 (1/15/16) SITE CLEARING 31 1000-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.3 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. General: Protect trees and plants remaining on-site according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." B. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect. 3.4 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Owner will arrange for disconnecting and sealing indicated utilities that serve existing structures before site clearing, when requested by Contractor. 1. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before proceeding with site clearing. B. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap utilities indicated to be removed or abandoned in place. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. 2. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. C. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. 3.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Grind down stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris to a depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade. 3. Use only hand methods for grubbing within protection zones. 4. Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off-site. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. 15067 (1/15/16) SITE CLEARING 31 1000-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.6 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. B. Strip topsoil to depth of 6 inches in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches in diameter; trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust and erosion by water. 1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches. 2. Do not stockpile topsoil within protection zones. 3. Dispose of surplus topsoil. Surplus topsoil is that which exceeds quantity indicated to be stockpiled or reused. 4. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for respreading deeper topsoil. 3.7 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below -grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full -depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw -cut along line of existing pavement to remain before removing adjacent existing pavement. Saw -cut faces vertically. 2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain with two coats of antirust coating, following coating manufacturer's written instructions. Keep paint off surfaces that will remain exposed. 3.8 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 31 1000 15067 (1/15/16) SITE CLEARING 31 1000-5 r, f WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 312000 - EARTH MOVING PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing subgrades for slabs -on -grade, walks, and pavements. 2. Drainage course for concrete slabs -on -grade. 3. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 4. Subbase course for asphalt paving. 5. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls, utilities, and support facilities; also for temporary site fencing if not in another Section. 2. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping topsoil, and removal of above- and below -grade improvements and utilities. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low -strength material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot -mix asphalt paving. C. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. E. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab -on -grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 31 2000 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet in width and more than 30 feet in length. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders of rock material that exceed 1 cu. yd. for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted: 1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late -model, track -mounted hydraulic excavator; equipped with a 42 -inch -wide, maximum, short -tip -radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 138 -hp flywheel power with bucket -curling force of not less than 28,700 lbf and stick -crowd force of not less than 18,400 lbf with extra -long reach boom; measured according to SAE J-1179. 2. Bulk Excavation: Late -model, track -mounted loader; rated at not less than 230 -hp flywheel power and developing a minimum of 47,992-lbf breakout force with a general- purpose bare bucket; measured according to SAE J-732. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. J. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot -mix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot -mix asphalt walk. K. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. L. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Material Test Reports: For each borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Preexcavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by earth moving operations. Submit before earth moving begins. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 and ASTM D 3740 for testing indicated. B. Preexcavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before beginning earth moving operations. C. Do not commence earth moving operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures, specified in Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing," are in place. D. Do not commence earth moving operations until plant -protection measures specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" are in place. E. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. j 3. Foot traffic. I 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. F. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones. G. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. F. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1 -inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. H. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse -aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse -aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a f- inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 4 sieve. J. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate. K. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth moving operations. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. 3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent construction without exceeding the following dimensions: a. 24 inches outside of concrete forms other than at footings. b. 12 inches outside of concrete forms at footings. C. 6 inches outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast against grade. d. Outside dimensions of concrete walls indicated to be cast against rock without forms or exterior waterproofing treatments. C. 6 inches beneath bottom of concrete slabs -on -grade. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 6 inches beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches wider than pipe or 42 inches wide. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. 1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. 1. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter, hand -excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. 2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe or conduit circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. 3. For flat-bottomed, multiple -duct conduit units, hand -excavate trench bottoms and support conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. 4. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. D. Trenches in Tree- and Plant -Protection Zones: 1. Hand -excavate to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow - tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. 3. Cut and protect roots according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburgldaho 3.7 SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Proof -roll subgrade below the pavements with a pneumatic -tired and loaded 10 -wheel, tandem - axle dump truck weighing not less than 15 tons to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof -roll wet or saturated subgrades. I. Completely proof -roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof -rolling in direction perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph. 2. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation. 3.8 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28 -day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Architect. I. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect. 3.9 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 15067 (1115116) EARTH MOVING 312000-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.11 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Trenches under Roadways: Provide 4 -inch -thick, concrete -base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase course. Concrete is specified in Section 03 3053 "Miscellaneous Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing. E. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. i Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. F. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation. 3.12 SOIL FILL A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. 3. Under monument signage base foundations, use engineered fill. C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.13 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.14 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: 1. Under pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent. 3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent. 3.15 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10 - foot straightedge. 3.16 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE A. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact filter material over subsurface drain, in width indicated, to within 12 inches of final subgrade, in compacted layers 6 inches thick. Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of subsurface drainage geotextile, overlapping sides and ends at least 6 inches. 1. Compact each filter material layer to 85 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698 with a minimum of two passes of a plate -type vibratory compactor. 2. Place and compact impervious fill over drainage backfill in 6 -inch -thick compacted layers to final subgrade. 3.17 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS A. Place subbase course and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course and base course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Place base course material over subbase course under hot -mix asphalt pavement. 2. Shape subbase course and base course to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades. 3. Place subbase course and base course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 4. Place subbase course and base course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 5. Compact subbase course and base course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. C. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches wide, of satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. 3.18 DRAINAGE COURSE UNDER CONCRETE SLABS -ON -GRADE A. Place drainage course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast -in-place concrete slabs - on -grade as follows: 1. Place drainage course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-10 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 3. Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698. 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Determine prior to placement of fill that site has been prepared in compliance with requirements. 2. Determine that fill material and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements. 3. Determine, at the required frequency, that in-place density of compacted fill complies with requirements. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. D. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect. E. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for every 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests. 3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for every 150 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 31 2000 - 11 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.21 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 312000 15067 (1/15/16) EARTH MOVING 312000-12 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 1373 - CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cold -applied joint sealants. 2. Hot -applied joint sealants. 3. Joint -sealant backer materials. 4. Primers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing nontraffic and traffic joints in locations not specified in this Section. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2 -inch -wide joints formed between two 6 -inch -long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Paving -Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 15067 (1/15/16) CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 32 1373 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho s 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. i B. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.2 COLD -APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane, Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Meadows, W.R., Inc; Pourthane NS. 15067 (1/15/16) CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2.3 HOT -APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS A. Hot -Applied, Single -Component Joint Sealant: ASTM D 6690, Type I, II, or III. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Crafco Inc; RoadSaver 222. b. Meadows, W.R.,Inc.; Sealtight 3405. 2.4 JOINT -SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS A. Joint -Sealant Backer Materials: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Round Backer Rods for Cold- and Hot -Applied Joint Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 1, of diameter and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom -side adhesion of sealant. 2.5 PRIMERS A. Primers: Product recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Before installing joint sealants, clean out joints immediately to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 15067 (1/15/16) CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 32 1373 -3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Confine primers to areas ofjoint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Joint -Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions. C. Install joint -sealant backings to support joint sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint -sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent joint -sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install joint sealants immediately following backing installation, using proven techniques that comply with the following: 1. Place joint sealants so they fully contact joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Joint Sealants: Immediately after joint -sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to the following requirements to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint: 1. Remove excess joint sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess joint sealant as the Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturers. B. Protect joint sealants, during and after curing period, from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such 15067 (1/15/16) CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 32 1373-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations in repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.5 PAVING -JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint -Sealant Application: Joints within concrete paving. 1. Joint Location: a. Expansion and isolation joints in concrete paving. b. Contraction joints in concrete paving. C. Otherjoints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, urethane, elastomericjoint sealant. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: Manufacturer's standard. B. Joint -Sealant Application: Joints within concrete paving and between concrete and asphalt paving. Joint Location: a. Joints between concrete and asphalt paving. b. Joints between concrete curbs and asphalt paving. C. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Hot -applied, single -component joint sealant. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: Manufacturer's standard. END OF SECTION 32 1373 15067 (1/15/16) CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 32 1373 -5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 1443 - POROUS UNIT PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid interlocking concrete pavers (permeable pavers) with openings between pavers filled with aggregate. 2. Aggregate setting beds for pavers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavation and compacted subgrade. 1.3 UNIT PRICES A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012200 "Unit Prices." B. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from the Work as authorized by Change Orders. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For materials other than aggregates. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pavers. C. Sieve Analyses: For aggregate materials, according to ASTM C 136. D. Samples: 1. Full-size units of each type of unit paver indicated. 15067 (1/15/16) POROUS UNIT PAVING 32 1443 - 1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Aggregate fill. 3. Aggregate setting bed materials. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For unit pavers. Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements, including compliance with standards. Provide for each type and size of unit. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for unit pavers, indicating compliance with requirements. 1. For solid interlocking paving units, include test data for freezing and thawing according to ASTM C 67. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store pavers on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed - - location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. B. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of paver from single source that has resources to provide materials and products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. B. Basis of Design Product: Solid interlocking concrete permeable pavers by Belgard, or equivalent approved by Architect prior to bid. C. Solid Concrete Pavers for Porous Paving: Solid interlocking paving units of shapes that provide openings between units, complying with ASTM C 936/C 936M, resistant to freezing and thawing when tested according to ASTM C 67, and made from normal -weight aggregates. 1. Thickness: 3-1/8 inches thick. 15067 (1/15/16) POROUS UNIT PAVING 321443-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Face Size and Shape: As indicated. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 AGGREGATE SETTING -BED MATERIALS A. Sand for Subbase Course: Sound, sharp, washed, natural sand or crushed stone complying with gradation requirements in ASTM D 448 for Size No. 2 for fine aggregate. B. Graded Aggregate for Base Course: Sound, washed, crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for Size No. 57. C. Graded Aggregate for Bedding Course (Leveling Course): Sound, washed, crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for Size No. 8. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. Aggregate Fill (Joint Filler) for Porous Paving: Graded, sound, crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for Size No. 8. Color: Match Architect's sample. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Proof -roll prepared subgrade according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Proceed with porous paver installation only after deficient subgrades have been corrected and are ready to receive subbase and base course for porous paving. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use unit pavers with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, and other defects that might be structurally unsound or visible in finished work. B. Mix pavers from several pallets or cubes, as they are placed, to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Cut unit pavers with motor -driven masonry saw equipment to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units to provide pattern indicated and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting where possible. Hammer cutting is not acceptable. D. Tolerances: Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed 1/16 -inch unit -to - unit offset from flush. 15067 (1/15/16) POROUS UNIT PAVING 32 1443-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Variation from Level or Indicated Slope: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 24 inches and 1/4 inch in 10 feet or a maximum of 1/2 inch. 3.3 SETTING -BED INSTALLATION A. Compact subgrade uniformly to at least 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 laboratory density. B. Proof -roll prepared subgrade to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. C. Place aggregate subbase and then base course, compact to 100 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum laboratory density, and screed to depth indicated. Where applicable, place Size No. 57 base course aggregate around any below -grade piping to thickness as recommended by manufacturer. D. Place leveling course, and screed to thickness indicated, taking care that moisture content remains constant and density is loose and constant until pavers are set and compacted. 3.4 PAVER INSTALLATION A. Set unit pavers on leveling course, being careful not to disturb leveling base. If pavers have lugs or spacer bars to control spacing, place pavers hand tight against lugs or spacer bars. If pavers do not have lugs or spacer bars, place pavers with a 1/16 -inch -minimum and 1/8 -inch -maximum joint width. Use string lines to keep straight lines. Fill gaps between units that exceed 3/8 inch with pieces cut to fit from full-size pavers. 1. When installation is performed with mechanical equipment, use only unit pavers with lugs or spacer bars on sides of each unit. B. Compact pavers into leveling course with a low -amplitude plate vibrator capable of a 3500- to 5000-lbf compaction force at 80 to 90 Hz. Use vibrator with neoprene mat on face of plate or I __ other means as needed to prevent cracking and chipping of pavers. Perform at least three passes across paving with vibrator. 1. Compact pavers when there is sufficient surface to accommodate operation of vibrator, leaving at least 36 inches of uncompacted pavers adjacent to temporary edges. 2. Before ending each day's work, compact installed concrete pavers except for 36 -inch width of uncompacted pavers adjacent to temporary edges (laying faces). 3. As work progresses to perimeter of installation, compact installed pavers that are adjacent to permanent edges unless they are within 36 inches of laying face. 4. Before ending each day's work and when rain interrupts work, cover pavers that have not been compacted and leveling course on which pavers have not been placed with nonstaining plastic sheets to protect them from rain. C. Place graded aggregate fill immediately after vibrating pavers into leveling course. Spread and screed aggregate fill level with tops of pavers. 15067 (1/15/16) POROUS UNIT PAVING 32 1443-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho 1. Before ending each day's work, place aggregate fill in installed porous paving except for 42 -inch width of unfilled paving adjacent to temporary edges (laying faces). 2. As work progresses to perimeter of installation, place aggregate fill in installed paving that is adjacent to permanent edges unless it is within 42 inches of laying face. 3. Before ending each day's work and when rain interrupts work, cover paving that has not been filled with nonstaining plastic sheets to protect it from rain. D. As work progresses, remove and replace pavers that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in same manner as original units, with same joint treatment and with no evidence of replacement. 3.5 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION A. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain barricades for 60 days after planting. END OF SECTION 32 1443 15067 (1/15/16) POROUS UNIT PAVING 32 1443 -5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 1713 - PARKING BUMPERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes wheel stops. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: For wheel stops, 6 inches long, showing color and cross section; with fasteners. PART2-PRODUCTS I 2.1 PARKING BUMPERS A. Concrete Wheel Stops: Precast, steel -reinforced, air -entrained concrete, 4000 -psi minimum compressive strength, 4-1/2 inches high by 9 inches wide by 72 inches long. Provide chamfered corners, transverse drainage slots. on underside, and a minimum of two factory -formed or - drilled vertical holes through wheel stop for anchoring to substrate. 1. Surface Appearance: Free of pockets, sand streaks, honeycombs, and other obvious defects. Corners shall be uniform, straight, and sharp. 2. Mounting Hardware: Galvanized -steel spike or dowel, 1/2 -inch diameter, 10 -inch minimum length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that pavement is in suitable condition to begin installation according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 15067 (1/15/16) PARKING BUMPERS 32 1713 -1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.2 INSTALLATION i A. General: Install wheel stops according to manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. B. Install wheel stops in bed of adhesive before anchoring. i i C. Securely anchor wheel stops to pavement with hardware in each preformed vertical hole in wheel stop as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Recess head of hardware beneath top of wheel stop. END OF SECTION 32 1713 15067 (1/15/16) PARKING BUMPERS 32 1713-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 3119 - DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Decorative metallic -coated steel tubular picket fences. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 3000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Welding certificates. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for decorative metallic -coated steel tubular picket fences, including finish, indicating compliance with referenced standard and other specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl.l/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Include 10 -foot length of fence complying with requirements. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 15067 (1/15/16) DECORATIVE METAL FENCES 323119-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL AND IRON A. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Bars (Pickets): Hot -rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A 29M, Grade 1010. C. Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold formed steel tubing. D. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 50, with G60 coating. E. Castings: Either gray or malleable iron unless otherwise indicated. 1. Gray Iron: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30. 2. Malleable Iron: ASTM A 47/A 47M. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Concrete: Normal -weight, air -entrained, ready -mix concrete complying with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi, 3 -inch slump, and 1 -inch maximum aggregate size. C. Nonshrink Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107 and specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.3 DECORATIVE METALLIC -COATED STEEL TUBULAR PICKET FENCES A. Decorative Metallic -Coated Steel Tubular Picket Fences: Comply with ASTM F 2408, for light industrial (commercial) application (class) unless otherwise indicated. 1. Basis of Design Product: Montage Plus; Majestic by Ameristar Fence Products or, subject to compliance with requirements, an equivalent fence system approved by Architect prior to bid, by another manufacturer. B. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: Galvanized -steel sheet or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet. C. Interior surface of tubes formed from uncoated steel sheet shall be hot -dip zinc coated same as exterior. D. Posts: End and Corner Posts: Square tubes 2-1/2 by 2-1/2 inches formed from 0.108 -inch nominal -thickness, metallic -coated steel sheet or formed from 0.105 -inch nominal - thickness steel sheet and hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 15067 (1/15/16) DECORATIVE METAL FENCES 323119-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho E. Post Caps: Formed from steel sheet and hot -dip galvanized after forming. F. Rails: Channels. 1. Size: 1-1/2 by 1-7/16 inches. 2. Metal and Thickness: 0.079 -inch nominal -thickness, metallic -coated steel sheet or 0.075 - inch nominal -thickness, uncoated steel sheet, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 3. Provide two rails at top and at bottom. G. Pickets: Square tubes. 1. Size: 3/4 by 3/14 inches., 14 gage 2. Terminate tops of pickets at top rail for flush top appearance. 3. Picket Spacing: 4 inches clear, maximum. H. Decorative double rings. I. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, color -coated fasteners matching fence components. Galvanizing: For components indicated to be galvanized and for which galvanized coating is not specified in ASTM F 2408, hot -dip galvanize to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M. For hardware items, hot -dip galvanize to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. K. Finish: Ameristar's E -Coat coating system or approved equal. 2.4 METALLIC -COATED STEEL FINISHES A. Galvanized Finish: Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a zinc -phosphate conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. C. Manufacturer's Coating System: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply 2 -coat finish consisting of zinc -rich epoxy prime coat and acrylic topcoat, with a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils for topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions to achieve a minimum total dry film thickness of 4 mils. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 15067 (1/15/16) DECORATIVE METAL FENCES 323119-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, construction layout, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Architect. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments. 1. Construction layout and field engineering are specified in Section 017300 "Execution" 3.3 DECORATIVE FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install fences according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install fences by setting posts as indicated and fastening rails to posts. C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil. 1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices. 2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter. a. Exposed Concrete: Extend 2 inches above grade. Finish and slope top surface to drain water away from post. b. Concealed Concrete: Top 2 inches below gradet o allow covering with surface material. Slope top surface of concrete to drain water away from post. 3. Space posts uniformly at 8 feet o.c. END OF SECTION 32 3119 15067 (1/15/16) DECORATIVE METAL FENCES 323119-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 8400 — IRRIGATION PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF PROJECT A. The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all labor, material, equipment and supplies in performing all operations in connection with the irrigation system and all site work in strict accordance with this section of specifications and applicable drawings. B. The purpose of this project is to provide the owner with a new remote controlled irrigation system. C. Any material specified by name and/or model number in the specifications is deemed to be used for the purpose of identifying the materials and insuring the specific use of that material in the construction. D. Submit Contractor's construction schedule of anticipated work time to facilitate timely visits for review of work. i E. Work to be done on Project shall: i 1. Include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and transportation. j 2. Perform all operations, in connection with and reasonably incidental to; the complete installation of the irrigation system. F. Items of work specifically included. 1. Procurement of all applicable licenses and permits. 2. Payment of any fees for connection to water source and power source. 3. Coordinate of location of underground utilities, by contacting local services: `Blue Stakes' or `Call Before You Dig'. 4. Sleeving necessary for irrigation pipe and wire. 5. Provision for and connection of the electrical power supply to the irrigation control system. 6. One year warranty of all irrigation components and all labor required to install. 7. 90 day maintenance period of irrigation system and components. G. All disturbed areas shall receive irrigation unless specifically indicated on CD's. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho H. Revise, repair, and/or restore existing irrigation system to continue operation of existing components and to accommodate new construction. All plant material on the Project shall be irrigated unless specifically indicated on CD's. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CD's: Acronym for Construction Documents. Design /Build documents created and supplied by the Contractor for the purposes of building the irrigation system. B. Contract: For the purposes of the irrigation section of the specification, (Section 32 84 00) this term refers to the Contract, Sub -Contract, or portion of the Contract dealing only with the irrigation system. C. Contractor: For the purposes of the irrigation section of the specification this term refers to the specific contractor or sub -contractor responsible for installation of the irrigation system for this proj ect. D. GPM: Acronym for Gallons per Minute. E. Isolation Valve: A manual valve located on the main line that when shut off, will remove constant pressure to a specific section of the main line and corresponding downstream irrigation components. F. Line Valve: A manual valve located on the main line that when shut off, restricts flow in the main line. More than one line valve must be shut off to isolate a section of main line and corresponding downstream irrigation components. G. Lateral Line Piping: Circuit piping downstream of remote control valve (RCV) providing water to sprinkler heads, bubblers, or drip components. Under pressure only when RCV activated and opened. H. Line Voltage Wiring: Wiring used to convey power to electrically operated equipment on the Project, such as 120 VAC, 240 VAC, or 480 3PH VAC. I. Low Voltage Wiring: Wiring used to convey power to irrigation system components, such as RCV's, master valve, flow meter, decoders, etc. An example would be: 14 AWG PE UL RCV control wire. J. Main Line Piping: Piping downstream of Point of Connection (POC). Provides water to RCV's, Quick Couplers, and hose bibs. Normally under constant pressure. K. OAR: Acronym for Owner's Approved Representative. This individual designated by Owner who is authorized to make decisions on behalf of the Owner. This individual is authorized by the 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Owner to direct actions of the Contractor. This individual shall have detailed involvement in the project and be on Project site at regular intervals. L. POC: Acronym for Point of Connection. The physical location of the water source for this Project, and the actual components installed connecting to the water source. May require Contractor to provide additional saddles, valves, nipples, fittings, spools etc. to provide water to the Project. M. RCV: Acronym for Remote Control Valve. An electrically operated 24 VAC valve. N. Static Pressure: Pressure measured at the POC, with no flow taking place within the system. O. Water Supply: Potable, and/or Non -Potable, and/or Effluent piping and components, furnished and installed by trades or contractors other than the irrigation contractor; to provide irrigation water to this Project upstream of (prior to) the POC. 1.3 ELIGIBILITY TO BID A. The minimum level of expectation for Experience and Qualifications required to be eligible to bid the irrigation system on this Project are listed below in this section. 1. See Sections referring to `Experience, Qualifications and Certifications' for more information and details. 2. Contractor shall be in compliance with these requirements at the bid date. B. Contractor shall be prepared to submit documentation supporting their Experience and Qualifications to the General Contractor and the Owner's Approved Representative, (hereafter referred to as the OAR) within 48 hours of bid date. C. Failure to meet the minimum requirements for Experience and Qualifications may result in elimination of the Contractor's bid or his ability to work on this Project. D. Failure to provide supporting documents within 48 hours of bid may result in elimination of the Contractor's bid or his ability to work on this Project. E. Requirements for documentation of Certifications are also listed below in the same Section. Contractor shall not be required to submit documentation of Certification at Bid date, but at date indicated. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall accept Project site in `as -is' condition. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Emergency Interruption of water service. In the event irrigation installation requires emergency shut -down of the municipal water system, Project site or development water system, or Project's irrigation system. Contractor shall be responsible to notify OAR and governing agency immediately. Contractor shall make every effort to restore service in a timely manner. C. Planned Interruption of water service 1. In the event irrigation installation require shut -down of municipal water system(s), Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with and receive approval from the OAR and local governing agency. Contractor shall be responsible for notification of any affected properties as directed by the local governing agency. In no case shall notification be less than 48 hours in advance of shut down, nor shall the shut -down extend beyond 8 hours. D. Contractor shall be responsible for continuous provision of irrigation water maintaining all existing or new plant material on Project in a healthy condition during term of this project. E. Contractor shall maintain Project work area in a safe condition, and provide flagging, taping, barricades, trench covering, shoring and or fencing necessary to maintain safety. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum pressure and minimum flow required: 1. Specifications expect that the Contractor access or provide a POC that has available a minimum static pressure and a minimum flow capable to safely and efficiently operate irrigation system. 2. Contractor shall perform static/working pressure and volume test within 48 hours of commencement of work, and provide written results to OAR. B. Responsibility for coverage: 1. Specification design intends that the Contractor shall provide 100% coverage of sprinklers (also known as double coverage or head-to-head coverage.) 2. Contractor shall have authority to make minor adjustments to actual placement of sprinkler heads or irrigation components vs. locations shown on plan, in order to best achieve full coverage indicated above, without significant overspray on hardscapes, buildings or other project features. 3. Contractor shall notify OAR in writing of: potential discrepancies or weaknesses due to field conditions in implementing irrigation design. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Layout of Components 1. During layout and staking, consult with OAR to verify proper placement of major irrigation components. 2. Contractor shall not proceed with implementation of irrigation plans without OAR's approval. 3. Contractor shall have authority to make minor adjustments to pipe routing or equipment locations due to conflicts with site utilities or other obstructions. 1.6 SEQUENCING A. Contractor shall contact local utility locator service at least 48 hours prior to commencement of work on the Project, and as often as needed during progress of the Project to maintain Project safety and protection of site utilities. B. Contractor shall familiarize himself/herself with site utilities and hazards prior to commencement of work. C. Contractor shall coordinate this work with other work by other trades on Project as well as other landscape tasks on Project. D. Install sleeving prior to installation of concrete flat work, paving or other permanent site elements as needed. E. Irrigation system Point of Connection components, backflow prevention and pressure regulation devices shall be installed and operational prior to all downstream components. F. All main lines shall be thoroughly flushed of all debris prior to installation of Remote Control Valves. G. All lateral lines shall be thoroughly flushed of all debris prior to installation of any sprinkler heads. 1.7 REFERENCE / RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Specification General and Supplementary General Conditions of the Specifications shall apply to all work under this section. B. Separation of these specifications into sections is for convenience only and is not intended to establish limits of work. C. Work under this section shall include coordination with all other sections of these specifications. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho D. The following references apply to this project, the Contractor shall be responsible to be familiar with, refer to, and implement these references in completion of this project: 1. ASTM — American Society for Testing and Materials. 2. Irrigation Association: Turf and Landscape Irrigation Best Management Practices (BMPs). 3. American Society of Irrigation Consultants (ASIC) `ASIC Guideline 100-2002 (January 2, 2002) For Earth Grounding Electronic Equipment in Irrigation Systems. 4. Any local governing agency codes, ordinances and/or any standards, details and specifications for irrigation applicable agency may have. 5. Applicable industry codes, ordinances or standards such as (but not limited to) UBC or NEC. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall follow format and requirements as set forth in Submittals section of this specification document for materials submittals. B. Contractor shall provide submittal for irrigation equipment and materials prior to ordering or taking delivery of any products. C. Equipment or materials purchased or installed prior to receiving written submittal approval is at risk of rejection by OAR. Use of materials other than those approved in writing is at risk of rejection by OAR. Contractor shall liable for removal or replacement of any or all non -approved products at his own expense. D. Contractor shall provide OAR with 2 copies of Operations and Maintenance manual, containing: 1. Copy of approved submittal products. 2. Detailed written instruction for Spring Start-up and Winterization. 3. Site map showing Controller zones, each zone distinguished by a different color. 4. Table showing typical Controller program schedule for worst case day. 5. Copy of control system certification if required for this Project. 6. Copy of water audit results if audit is required for this Project. a. Copy of water audit certification when Project has met required criteria. 1.9 EXPERIENCE A. Contractor shall provide an Experience resume or document; in pdf format, indicating: 1. That Contractor is licensed to perform landscape and irrigation construction in the State where this Project resides. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Z i i 2. That Contractor is bondable and insured for the work to be performed. 3. That Contractor has been installing sprinkler systems on cormnercial projects for the last five consecutive years. j 4. References of five projects of similar scope and size completed within the last five years. Three of the projects listed shall be local. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall provide a Qualifications resume or document; in pdf format indicating: 1. That Contractor currently employs both skilled and unskilled workers in sufficient quantities to complete project within time limits indicated by Contract. 2. A list of employees to be assigned to this project and their irrigation experience. 3. That Contractor possesses proper power equipment of appropriate size and quantity to complete project within time limits indicated by Contract. 4. Contractor shall include a listing of the supplier(s) where irrigation related material will be purchased for this Project. 5. Person on project site, in charge (Project Foreman, Superintendent, Supervisor, Manager --etc.) of daily irrigation field construction operations: a. Has at least five consecutive years of commercial irrigation experience. b. That this person is able to communicate with OAR. Is fluent in reading, writing and speaking English. c. That this person is able to communicate rapidly and effectively with his staff in any languages used within his staff. d. Is a Certified Irrigation Contractor (CIC) in good standing as set forth by the Irrigation Association. This person shall be on the project site at least 75% of each working day. i. Contractor's CIC shall be a regular full-time employee of the Contractor firm, or a sub -contractor to Contractor, where sub -contractor's firm provides all irrigation installation for the Project and meets all listed requirements for Experience, Qualifications and Certifications. B. NOTE: Contractor shall not engage a CIC as a consultant or representative to oversee Contractor's staff, install the Project irrigation system, i.e. the Contractor shall not `rent' a CIC or CIC's license 1.11 CERTIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall provide copies of appropriate Certification documents for all applicable staff. In order to provide a minimum level of workmanship, all installation personnel expected to perforn any tasks involving PVC pipe, electrical components, and or drip components; shall have Certificates for each task they perform as designated below: 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. All installation personnel who will work on PVC pipe and PVC fittings in the irrigation system shall be certified by IPS Corporation. The certification shall cover PVC pipe and fitting assembly using solvent weld joining techniques. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such certification and to provide a copy of the "Certificate of Completion" for each person handling PVC products on the project to the OAR prior to commencement of work. It is the Contractors responsibility to contact IPS Corporation and then the local IPS authorized representative well in advance of commencement of work to schedule his/her attending of a scheduled seminar or to make an appointment to schedule a new seminar. Contact IPS Corporation, Weld -On Customer Service at 800 421-2677, to obtain a referral for the local IPS factory authorized representative contact information. 2. All installation personnel who will work on the electrical circuits of the irrigation system shall be certified by Paige Electric Co. The certification shall cover irrigation wires, cables, proper installation and splicing methods, and protecting electronic equipment from lightning and power surges. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such certification and to provide a copy of the "Certificate of Completion" for each person installing electrical products on the project to the OAR prior to commencement of work. It is the Contractors responsibility to contact Paige Electric well in advance of commencement of work to schedule his/her attending of a scheduled seminar or to make an appointment for a new one. Contact Vince Nolletti, Vice President Irrigation Operations, Paige Electric Co, LP, 559 431-2346. 3. Documents verifying certifications for the following shall be provided to OAR through the General Contractor at least 7 days prior to commencement of any irrigation work on the Project: a. PVC Solvent Weld certification b. Electrical certification 1.12 CERTIFICATION FOR NON-TRADITIONAL OR CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEMS A. If non-traditional and/or central control equipment or products are to be used on this Project, including but not limited to: 1. `SMART' controllers, 2. Decoders and two wire systems, 3. Weather -based systems, AND/OR 4. Soil moisture sensors. B. Contractor shall provide copies of appropriate Certification documents for all applicable staff. In order to provide a minimum level of workmanship, all installation personnel expected to perform any tasks involving non-traditional and/or central control equipment shall have Certificates for each task they perform as designated below: 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. All installation personnel who will work on the specific system, equipment or product shall be certified by the manufacturer of the corresponding products to be used on the Project. 2. The certification shall cover proper application and installation of these products, and also adaptation of the products to this specific Project. 3. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such certification and to provide a copy of the "Certificate of Completion" for each person installing these products on the project to the OAR prior to commencement of that portion of work. 4. It is the Contractors responsibility to contact the product manufacturer and the local manufacturer's authorized representative well in advance of commencement of work to schedule his/her attending of a scheduled seminar or to make an appointment for a new one. C. Local Distributor, Manufacturer's Representative or Manufacturer are authorized to withhold sales or delivery of non-traditional equipment until such time that the Contractor demonstrates adequate understanding of assembly, installation, programming, operation and maintenance of the equipment. 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection Scheduling 1. Contractor shall expect a minimum of five irrigation inspections under the direction of the OAR. a. Main Line pipe and wire. b. Main Line pressure test. c. Progress inspection. d. Final inspection. e. Completed `Punch List' inspection. B. Main Line Piping 1. Main line pipe shall not be buried until approved by OAR. Pipe buried prior to approval shall be excavated and exposed for OAR's review. 2. Upon completion of main line pipe or sections thereof, Contractor shall isolate and pressurize to 120 PSI for two hours. 3. Contractor shall provide OAR with 48 hours request prior to testing date and time. C. Grounding Resistance Testing 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Pedestal Controllers shall be tested by Licensed Electrical Contractor and show resistance of 10 Ohms or less. 2. Grounding not in compliance shall be corrected by Contractor at his expense. D. Project Record Copy 1. Maintain on Project site, one copy of all CD's clearly marked `Project Record Copy'. Mark any deviation in material installation on CD's. Maintain and update sheets at least weekly. 2. Project Record Copy shall be available to OAR on demand. E. Regulatory Requirements 1. Contractor shall comply with all plumbing requirements which direct work to be done by a licensed plumber. 2. Contractor shall comply with all electrical requirements which direct work to be done by a licensed electrician. 3. All work and materials shall be according to any and all rules, regulations or codes, whether they are local, state or national requirements. 4. Performance Specifications may not be construed or interpreted to permit work or materials not conforming to the above codes. F. Adequate Water Supply 1. Water supply to this Project maybe existing, or also maybe installed by trades other than the hrigation Contractor. Connection to this supply at the POC shall be by this Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible to verify that proper connection exists, and is of adequate size and pressure. 2. Notify OAR verbally immediately and in writing within 48 hours of problems encountered with water supply. G. Workmanship and Materials 1. It is the intent of the Irrigation Performance Specifications that all material required shall be of the highest quality available and meeting the requirements specified. 2. All work shall be performed in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to this trade. 1.14 PROJECT MATERIALS A. Owner shall retain option to purchase materials to be used on Project and provide them to Contractor. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-10 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Contractor shall not remove materials purchased for this Project from this site. C. Contractor shall not store or co -mingle materials for this Project with materials for other Projects on this site. D. Delivery, Storage and Handling 1. All materials shall be protected from contamination, damage, theft, vandalism and prolonged exposure to sunlight. 2. All material stored on project site shall be neatly organized in a compact arrangement, and this storage shall not disrupt project owner or other trades on Project site. 3. Project materials shall be handled by Contractor with care necessary to prevent damage or breaking. 4. Damaged or blemished materials attributed to Contractor shall be replaced with new, at Contractors expense. E. If this Project qualifies for manufacturer rebate, credit or incentive programs; Contractor shall provide OAR with documents in pdf format from distributor and/or manufacturer indicating required information of product purchased and/or dollar value which qualify for corresponding program. Documents shall be delivered to OAR within 14 days of purchase of products. 1.15 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish the following items to OAR: 1. One (1) 30" gas cock key (also referred to as sprinkler or meter key) for manual drains. 2. One (1) 5-6' key for stop & waste valve. 3. One (1) 5-6'key for 2" square operating nut valve. 4. Two (2) keys for each automatic controller. 5. Two (2) quick coupler keys with hose swivels attached. 6. One (1) quick coupler valve. 7. One (1) of each size or type of remote control valve used on Project. 8. Five (5) of each sprinkler head and each nozzle used on Project. 9. Two (2) of each type of specialty screwdriver/key/wrench/tool (used to adjust arc, radius, change nozzle etc.) for each type of sprinkler. 1.16 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall provide one-year Warranty for Project. Warranty shall cover all material, workmanship and labor. B. Warranty period begins upon date of acceptance by OAR that Project is substantially complete. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-11 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Warranty shall include filling and/or repairing depressions, replacing turf or other plantings due to settlement of irrigation trenches or irrigation system components, and adjustment of valve boxes, sprinkler heads and all other irrigation components which have settled from proper finish grade. 1.17 ADDITIONAL SERVICES A. Winterization: 1. Contractor shall winterize entire irrigation system installed under this Contract prior to the first winter following installation; prior to hard frost --but no later than November 15'h, unless directed otherwise by OAR in writing. 2. Winterize entire system via `blow-out' method, using compressed air. a. Compressor shall be industrial type, capable of evacuating water from all main line and lateral line pipe, with a minimum capacity of 175 CFM. b. Compressor shall be mechanically regulated to not more than 60 PSI. B. Spring Start-up: 1. Contractor shall start up entire irrigation system the Spring following installation; prior to plant need --but following danger of damaging frost, yet no later than April 1 ". 2. Contractor shall energize entire main line pipe, all RCV's, and check for correct program installation and operation of Controller, each RCV and each quick coupler valve. C. Record drawings: Prior to final inspection, prepare and submit to OAR record drawings. 1. Show field dimensioned locations of sleeving, POC, mainline piping, wiring runs not in main line pipe trench, and valves/valve boxes. 2. Dimensions are to be taken from permanent site features or finished hardscapes. 1.18 OWNER'S INSTRUCTION A. After system is installed, inspected, and approved; Contractor shall instruct OAR or other OAR designated individuals in complete operation and maintenance procedures of irrigation system. Coordinate instruction with references to previously submitted Operation and Maintenance manual. 1.19 COORDINATION A. Coordinate and cooperate with other Contractors as necessary to enable the work to proceed as rapidly and efficiently as possible. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-12 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.20 INSPECTION OF SITE A. The Contractor shall be acquainted with all site conditions. Should utilities not shown on the plans be found during excavations, immediately notify the Engineer. Failure to do so will make the Contractor liable for any and all damage thereto arising: from his/her operations subsequent to discovery of such utilities not shown on plans. 1.21 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Before any trenching, excavation or digging below the surface for any reason is begun, the Contractor shall have the area "Blue Staked" in order to determine as close as possible the location of all underground utilities. The Contractor shall have a representative of the airport locate any airport or FAA underground utilities. The Contractor will conduct the work in such a manner to protect all utilities from damage. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace any damage incurred by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees at no expense to the owner. 1.22 PROTECTION OF EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to protect site conditions to remain. Should damage be incurred, the Contractor shall repair the damage to its original condition at the Contractor's own expense. 1.23 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The date of Substantial Completion for the irrigation system will be when the complete irrigation system is working as intended. This will be determined by observation by the Engineer and Owner's Authorized Representative. The Contractor shall supply the owner or owner's agent, at this inspection, with complete'Record Drawings', written suggested start- up and shut -down procedures. 1.24 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. All work performed shall reflect a total "turn -key" installation. This would include all equipment and materials necessary to install new satellite controllers, CCUs, central control computer and software upgrade, all necessary wiring, communications equipment and communication lines needed to for a completely functional irrigation control system. B. Provide first year backflow testing and certification for new backflow preventers to the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-13 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2.1 GENERAL A. Pipe and materials installed throughout the system shall be new and in satisfactory condition. After award of the contract and prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall submit for approval a complete list of materials that he/she proposes to install. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed, except as provided for in these documents. 2.2 POWER SOURCE A. Power source for irrigation equipment shall not be included in the irrigation Contractor's portion of this Contract. 2.3 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Controllers 1. Controller sizes as shown on the plans. Two wire metal pedestal mount configuration. The irrigation system controller shall be of a hybrid type that combines electromechanical and microprocessor -based circuitry capable of fully automatic and manual operation. B. Grounding Systems 1. #6 AWG solid bare copper wires. 2. Copper ground plate 4 inches wide, 96 inches long, 0.0625 inches thick with 25 feet continuous length of 6 AWG solid bare copper wires attached by the manufacturer. 3. Copper clad steel ground rod 5/8 inch diameter, 10 feet long, UL listed. 4. Cadweld GR1161 G'One-Shot' welding kit. 5. Power Set earth contact material by Paige Electric. 1-800-327-2443 6. Ground network shall be 10 ohms or less when tested. 2.4 POWER WIRE A. Direct bury wire for field located wall or pedestal mounted controllers: 1. All power cables shall be Paige Wire, type Tray Cable. 2. Wire shall be Paige Wire specification number P7266D for 10 AWG and smaller. 3. Wire shall be Paige Wire specification number P7267D for 8 AWG and larger. 4. 120 VAC wires shall be 3 conductor (hot, neutral and ground) 5. 240 VAC cables where service is provided to controller only, shall be 3 conductor (2 hot and 1 ground) 6. 240 VAC cables where service is provided to controller and other 120 VAC equipment (such as a convenience outlet) shall be 4 conductor (2 hot, 1 neutral and I ground) 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-14 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2.5 CONTROL WIRE A. Remote Control Valve wire shall be Paige Electric specification number P7354D —Rev 4. B. Different coloredjackets shall be used for each controller on project. C. For projects with more than one controller, a separate color of 14 AWG wire (other than white, yellow, red or blue) shall be used as the `hot' or `control' wire for each additional controller. 2.6 WIRE CONNECTORS A. RCV wire splicing connectors shall be Paige P7364D, Paige part number 270670 or 270671 (3M model `DBR/Y-6'). No substitutions allowed. 2.7 POINT(S) OF CONNECTION A. Contractor shall be prepared for a variety of POC conditions including: 1. Tapping, Saddling, Pac-Joint connection, extension, flared end connectors. B. Stop & Waste Valve 1. POC's with connection sizes 1" through 2" a. Mueller Oriseal brass stop and waste valve. 2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Febco 860 Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer, size as indicated on drawings. 2.9 SLEEVING PIPE A. Minimum sleeve size shall be 2" pipe. B. Sleeving 2" through 4" shall be S/40 PVC pipe. Sleeving 6" and larger shall be CL/200 PVC pipe. C. Sleeves shall typically be two nominal sizes larger than the pipe to be placed within them. Sleeve material and sizes shall be according to the following D. SLEEVING TABLE: 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-15 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho INTERIOR PIPE SLEEVE PIPE INTERIOR PIPE SLEEVE PIPE 3/d' S/40 2" S/40 4" CL/200 8" CL/200 I" S/40 2" S/40 6" CL/200 10" CL/200 1-1/4" S/40 2-1/2" S/40 8" CL/200 12" CL/200 1-1/2" S/40 3" S/40 10" CL/200 14" C905 2" S/40 4" S/40 3" S/40 6" CL/200 2.10 TRENCH BEDDING MATERIAL A. Bedding material shall be a sandy material free of rocks over 1 inch in diameter. Where existing soil does not meet this requirement, approved imported material shall be used. 2.11 PIPE PLUGS AND MARKERS A. Inside Sealing Pipe Plug - High impact polystyrene plastic retainers, rubber meeting ASTM C443, and corrosion resistant plated metal parts. B. Sleeve Marker Stake - 2x4 wood 24 inch minimum length. Painted green. 2.12 MAIN LINE PIPE A. Pipe 1" through 2-1A2" shall be S/40, solvent weld -bell end. 2.13 MAIN LINE FITTINGS A. All main line fittings 2" and smaller shall be S/80. 2.14 MANUAL CONTROL VALVES A. Line or isolation valves 2" and smaller shall be: 1. Matco Norca 772 ST. B. Drain Valves shall be: L Matco Norca 772 ST. 2.15 QUICK COUPLER VALVE A. Toro 100-SLVLC brass quick coupling valve. On manufacturer assembled O-ring swing joint with threaded brass insert. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-16 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Swing joint for quick coupler valves shall be Lasco model 13S-212 factory assembled swing joint. 2.16 CONTROL VALVES A. Automatic control valves shall be Toro 220 Series electric remote control valves, size appropriate for sprinkler zones. B. Include S/80 threaded unions both sides of valve 2.17 VALVE BOXES A. Carson Industries Specification Grade valve boxes, `T' top configuration. B. Box, lid color to be brown, tan, or gray or green to match adjacent bark or stone mulch color. 2.18 LATERAL PIPE A. All lateral piping shall be new, S/40 PVC, solvent weld bell end. Sized as indicated on plans. 2.19 LATERAL LINE FITTINGS A. First two fittings downstream of control valve manifold shall be S/80 B. All other lateral line fittings shall be new S/40 PVC. 2.20 SPRAY HEAD SPRINKLERS A. Toro 570 series spray heads and Hunter Pro Spray series spray heads with nozzles as indicated on drawings. B. Nozzles for spray heads shall be required for area covered and proper spacing. 1. Nozzles shall be fixed spray type whenever possible, adjustable arc nozzles shall be used only when a fixed spray model is not available. C. All spray heads shall be on a swing joint assembly composed of: 12-24" of swing pipe, two''/z" spiral barb elbows, 12-24" swing pipe, one M412-005 ''/2" marlex street elbow. D. Contractor shall submit for approval: spray heads, spray head nozzles, and swing joint assembly components. 2.21 ROTOR HEAD SPRINKLERS 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-17 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho A. Hunter I-20 series rotor heads with nozzles as indicated on drawings. B. All rotor heads shall be on a swing joint assembly composed of 12-24" of swing pipe, two 1/2" spiral barb elbows, 12-24" swing pipe, one M412-005 'h" marlex street elbow. C. Contractor shall submit for approval: rotor heads, rotor head nozzles, and swing joint assembly components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Contractor shall repair or replace work damaged by irrigation system installation. B. If damaged work is new, Contractor shall engage original installer of that work to perform repairs. C. The existing landscape of this Project shall remain in place. Contractor shall protect existing plant material and work around existing plant material as necessary. D. Plant material deemed damaged by OAR shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. E. Contractor shall route pipe, wire and other irrigation elements around outside of tree canopy drip line to minimize damage to tree roots. F. Contractor shall not cut existing tree roots larger than 2" to install this Project. G. Coordination of trench and valve locations shall be laid out with OAR prior to any excavation occurring. H. Contractor shall have no part of existing irrigation system used by other parts of Project landscape without water for more than 48 hours. The Contractor prior to installing the system, must verify existing water pressure and volume. If there is a failure to obtain the needed pressure or if an excess of pressure exists for normal operation, the contractor shall contact the Engineer for any adjustments to the system. Failure to report any discrepancies in pressure due to whatever reason, and installation done prior to notification of Engineer shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-18 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report irregularities to the Engineer prior to beginning work. Verify locations of underground utilities including the existing irrigation system components and control wire in areas where excavation is to occur. K. Layout work as accurately as possible. All irrigation lines shall be installed in common trenches where possible. Where possible, all trenching shall occur on soft spaces. L. Stake out the irrigation control system. Items staked out are to include: satellite controllers, sleeve locations, control wire, central control system wire routing, master valve/flow meter locations, and electrical power wire routing. M. Irrigation system layout review will occur after the layout has been completed. Notify the Engineer 2 days in advance of review. The Engineer at this review will identify modifications. N. If for any reason complete coverage of all irrigation areas does not cover; irrigation Contractor shall be responsible to contact the Engineer before continuing with his work. O. Any Major Revisions to the irrigation system must be submitted and answered in written form, along with any change in contract price. P. Install all irrigation systems as per State and Local codes. 3.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. All clocks shall be as specified on the drawings and installed according to the details. Ground controller system as per manufacturer's recommendations. Exact location of clock shall be determined on site by the Engineer. B. Irrigation Control Units: The locations of the control units depicted on the drawings are approximate; the owner's representative, with assistance from the manufacturer's representative, will determine the exact site locations at the system layout review. C. Owner to provide all 120VAC power for control units. Coordinate location of power with owner's authorized representative. D. Install all surge protection as per manufacturer's latest instructions. E. Supplementary Grounding: 1. Provide and place grounding system for component(s) being protected. 2. Install all grounding circuit components in straight lines. 3. When necessary to make bends, do not make sharp turns. 4. Install all grounding equipment away from wires and cables. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-19 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 5. Bond Supplementary Ground to the service ground using No. 6 AWG solid bare copper wire. 6. All splices shall be made using welding kit. 7. Drive one ground rod into the soil as specified. Secure wire to grounding rod assembly with welding kit. 8. Place grounding plate 30 inches deep with PowerSet earth contact material per manufacture's recommendations. Connect controller to grounding rod and plate as detailed with AWG No.6 solid conductor copper wire. Secure wire to plate assembly with welding kit. F. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with an identification number that consists of the name and station number of the existing controller to which the control wire had been previously connected. G. Connect control wires to corresponding control unit terminal, Connect wires to the satellite controller in the same order they were connected to the existing controller if applicable. H. Wire under hardscape surfaces shall be placed continuously in conduit. I. Pedestal controllers shall be placed upon VIT-Strong Box Quick Pad as per manufacturer's recommendations. J. Controllers shall be oriented such that Owner's Representative maintenance personnel may access easily and perform field system tests efficiently. K. Place Standard valve box at base of controller or nearby to allow for three to five feet of slack field control wire to be placed at each controller. L. This Contractor shall provide conduit access if needed for Electrical contractor. Electrical supply and installation, as well as hook-up to controller shall be by this Contractor. 3.3 ELECTRICAL CONTROL WIRES A. Electrical control wires shall be installed in the same trench as the main line wherever possible. Wires shall be laid alongside the pipe by "snaking" into the trench to allow as much slack as possible for contraction and expansion of the wire. All wire connections at remote control valves and at all wire splices will be left with two feet of wire so that the splice or the valve manifold can be brought to the surface for repairs without disconnecting the wires. 3.4 It is important that the joint be absolutely waterproof so that there is no chance for leakage of water and corrosion build-up on the connection. All wiring shall be accomplished with as few splices as possible. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-20 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho A. Splices in electric control wires shall be soldered first and then fitted with a 3M DBY Direct Bury Splice Kit. All splices shall be contained in a valve box, preferably in the same box as the electric remote control valves. Do not run short pieces of wire. Consult with the Engineer if any questions arise as to length or size of wire. Failure to do so will result in the replacement of the wire at the Contractors expense. 3.5 TRENCHES A. Trenches shall be dug as deep and wide as necessary to properly place pipe. All sleeves are to be placed prior to laying of any hard surface. All trenches shall be backfilled and compacted to that of the surrounding material. B. The Contractor, in placing the irrigation lines, etc. may uncover material not suitable for finished grading. This material shall be removed from the site. After the installation of the lines, the finished grading shall be smoothed over and restored to its original condition, using additional topsoil where necessary. 3.6 SLEEVE ASSEMBLY A. The site may contain existing sleeves. Should conditions necessitate the rearrangement or placement of additional sleeves, the Contractor, before proceeding with the work, shall obtain approval from the Engineer before commencing work shown by the drawings. B. Depth of sleeves to be determined by the type of line that is to be placed in sleeve. In the case of new construction, all sleeves are to be placed. Prior to laying of any hard surface. In the case of existing construction, the sleeves must be installed by boring under the existing hard surface. C. PVC joints shall be glued according to manufacturer's recommendations. D. Place pipe plug in each end of each unused sleeve pipe prior to backfilling. E. Sleeves shall be extended 6" minimum beyond walk or edge of pavement. F. Wire or cable shall not be installed in the same sleeve as piping, but shall be installed in separate sleeves. G. Sleeve ends on sleeve sizes 4" and larger shall be capped with corresponding sized PVC slip cap, pressure fit, until used, to prevent contamination. H. Sleeve ends on sleeve sizes 3" and smaller may be thoroughly taped to prevent contamination. I. Sleeves shall be installed at appropriate depths for main line pipe or lateral pipe 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-21 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYIJIDAHO Rexburg Idaho J. Contractor shall be responsible to protect existing underground utilities and components. K. Sleeve all piping and wiring that pass under paving or hardscape features. L. Sleeves shall be positioned relative to structures or obstructions to allow for pipe or wire within them to be removed if necessary 3.7 PIPE ASSEMBLY A. Pulling of pipe shall not be permitted on this project. B. Over excavate trenches both in width and depth. Ensure base of trench is rock or debris free to protect pipe and wire. Grade trench base to ensure flat, even support of piping. Backfill with clean soil or import material. C. Contractor shall backfill no less than 2" around entire pipe with clean, rock free fill. D. Main line piping and fittings shall not be backfilled until Owner's Representative has inspected and pipe has passed pressure testing. Perform balance of backfill operation to eliminate any settling. E. Place irrigation pipe and other elements at uniform grades. Automatic drains shall not be installed on aM mainline piping on this Project. Manual drains shall only be installed at low points along mainline piping, at POC, and where designated by either the OAC or Landscape Architect on site. F. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction as recommended by pipe manufacturer. G. Contractor shall install piping to: minimize change of direction, avoid placement under large trees or large shrubs, avoid placement under hardscape features. H. Plastic pipe shall be cut squarely. Burrs shall be removed, spigot ends of pipes 3" and larger shall be beveled. Pipe shall not be glued unless ambient temperature is at least 50 degrees F. Pipe shall not be glued in rainy conditions unless properly tented. J. All solvent weld joints shall be assembled using IPS 711 glue and P70 primer according to manufacturer's specification, no exceptions. K. Glued main line pipe shall cure a minimum of 24 hours prior to being energized. Lateral lines shall cure a minimum of 2 hours prior to being energized and shall not remain under constant pressure unless cured for 24 hours. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-22 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho L. All threaded joints shall be wrapped with Teflon tape or paste unless directed byproduct manufacturer or sealing by O-ring. M. All main line pipe, lateral line pipe and other irrigation elements shall be bedded and backfilled with clean soil, free of rocks 1" and larger. N. Contractor shall furnish and install additional backfill material as necessary due to rocky conditions. O. Trenches and other elements shall be compacted and/or water settled to eliminate settling. Debris from trenching operations un -usable for fill shall be removed from project and disposed of properly by Contractor. Q. Maximum acceptable flow through piping shall be 5.0 FPS maximum flow through piping shall be: 1. 1"-13 GPM 2. 1-1/4"-22 GPM 3. 1-1/2"-30 GPM 4. 2"-50 GPM 5. 2-1/2" 75 GPM R. The Contractor, before proceeding with the work, shall prepare and submit drawings of such to the engineer's office and obtain written approval before commencing work shown by these drawings. S. Bedding material shall be placed a minimum of 6 inch in all directions around all mainline pipes prior to backfilling. Lateral line pipes shall have a minimum of 2 inch in all directions. T. All mainlines, as shown on drawings, shall be installed to a depth of 18 inches minimum. U. All lateral lines as shown on drawings shall be installed to a depth of 12 inches minimum. V. Lines bordering curbs or sidewalks shall be 12 inches away to allow for maintenance and access to the lines. W. All pipes shall be spaced with a minimum of 6" of separation horizontally from other pipes. Pipes shall not be placed above other pipes in a vertical condition. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-23 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho X. PVC joints shall be glued according to manufacturer's recommendations. Glued joints shall set for 24 hours before pressure is applied to lines. Before trenches are backfilled all lines shall be pressurized and checked for leaks. 3.8 FLUSHING AND TESTING A. When the pipe lines are connected and the valves in place but before any drip tubing are installed, the control valves shall be opened and flushed with a full head of water to clean out the system. Main lines shall be tested before backfilling for a period of not less than one hour, and shall have no leakage or loss of pressure. B. Testing will be performed after. Completion of each circuit and after completion of the entire system. At this time any necessary repair work will be done at the Contractor's expense and the entire system will be in good working order prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.9 PIPING INSPECTIONS A. Before any pipes are covered, the Engineer shall inspect the system for compliance with specifications and drawings. Any required changes will be made at this time at the expense of the Contractor. 3.10 SYSTEM OPERATION A. The entire system will be tested in the presence of the Engineer and Property Owner's Authorized Representative, in order to insure COMPLETE coverage of all areas to be watered and the automatic operation of the system using the central control system. If applicable, any changes required will be made at this time at the Contractor's expense. 3.11 VALVES AND ASSEMBLIES A. Backflow Preventer: install using ductile iron spools and fittings for 2-1/2" and larger, brass fittings, unions and nipples for 2" and smaller. 3.12 QUICK COUPLER VALVE A. Install one (1) quick coupler at each point of connection and per details B. Quick coupler valves shall be placed with manifold groups and protected by manifold isolation valves. C. Top of quick coupler valve cover shall allow for complete installation of valve box lid, but also allow for insertion and operation of key. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-24 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho D. Base of quick coupler valve and top of quick coupler swing joint shall be encased in 1/4"- gravel. E. Quick coupler valve at POC shall not be eliminated or relocated. 3.13 MANUAL CONTROL VALVE A. Isolation valves 2-1/2" and smaller shall be contained in a Carson Standard size valve box. Valves shall be installed with S/80 PVC TOE Nipples one both sides of valve. B. Ball Valves: Valve shall be installed on the up -stream side of the electric remote control valve. C. Electric Remote Control Valve D. Contractor shall place remote control valves in groups as practical to economize on quantity of manifold isolation valves. E. Remote control valves shall be located separately and individually in separate control boxes. 1. Flows through 1" valves shall be 1-22 GPM. 2. Flows through 1-1/2" valves shall be 23-50 GPM. 3. Flows through 2" valves shall be 51 through 75 GPM F. Valves shall be located in boxes with ample space surrounding them to allow access for maintenance and repair. G. Where practical, group remote control valves in close proximity, and protect each grouping with a manifold isolation valve as shown in details. Manifold Main Line (or Sub -Main Line) and all manifold components and isolation valves shall be at least as large as the largest diameter lateral served by the respective manifold. H. Valve boxes shall be set over valves so that all parts of the valve can be reached for service. Valve box and lid shall be set to be flush with finished grade. I. Only one remote control valve may be installed in a Carson 1419124 box. J. Place a minimum of 4" of 3/4" washed gravel beneath valve box for drainage. K. Bottom of remote control valve shall be a minimum of 2" above gravel. L. See remote control valve manifold detail for more information. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-25 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Control valves shall be located in bark mulch areas. Avoid locating valves in areas of high pedestrian and vehicular circulation. 2. Each bank or section of control valves shall be enclosed in an adequate size valve box and extensions to allow the disassembly of valves contained within. Valve boxes shall be at finished grade with valve stems 4 inches below top of box and with 6 inch of clean gravel under the valve box. Isolation valves at all valve banks. 3.14 VALVE BOXES A. Valve boxes shall be set flush with the finished grade. Valve manifolds shall be set 12 inch below the top of the box including ball valves and quick couplers where called for. Do NOT install more than two (2) electric remote control valves in a single valve box. All valves must have ample room and access for repair. B. All valve boxes shall have valve number or identification branded in lid via headed steel or brass branding irons, minimum 2" tall. 1. Valves shall list Controller ID and station number (X00) 2. Wire splice boxes shall list (WS) 3. Stop & Waste shall list (S&W) 4. Ball Valves shall list (BV) 5. Quick couplers shall list (QC) 3.15 INSPECTION A. At the time of final inspection the entire system must then be tested in the presence of the Engineer. It must operate in a satisfactory manner, with a full coverage of the areas indicated on the plans. B. Before the final inspection is complete; the Contractor must furnish "as -built" drawings. These drawings should be updated on a daily basis to assure accuracy. The drawings must show the location of all valves, pipe, heads, controller control lines, and drain valves used on the job. These drawings and maintenance manuals must be submitted at the time of final inspection or in accordance to the general conditions. Measurement for equipment shall be triangulated from two fixed points within the project hardscape. C. Test and demonstrate to the Engineer the satisfactory operation of the system free of leaks. Instruct the owner's designated personnel in the operation of the system pursuant to the training section already outlined in the specifications. D. A minimum of 30 hours of training for up to 2 user personnel shall be conducted by the Distributor's training personnel at a place and time to be determined. The Contractor is to schedule, coordinate, and attend the training session. Training shall include an overview of 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-26 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho system operations as well as detailed one-on-one training for selected individuals for both software and hardware operation. 3.16 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP A. After completion of grading, planting and mulching carefully adjust irrigation system as required. B. Sprinkler heads shall be adjusted to proper height when installed. C. Changes in grade or adjustment of head height after installation shall be considered a part of the original contract and at Contractor's expense. D. Adjust all sprinkler heads for arc, radius, proper trim and distribution to cover all landscaped areas that are to be irrigated. Adjust sprinklers so they do not water buildings, structures, or other hardscape features. E. Adjust run times of stations to meet needs of plant material the station services. F. No sprinkler shall be located closer than 6" to walls, fences, or buildings. G. Heads adjacent to walks, curbs, or paths shall be located at grade and 2" away from hardscape. H. Control valves shall be opened and fully flush lateral line pipe and swing joints prior to f installation of sprinklers. I. Spray heads shall be installed and flushed again prior to installation of nozzles. J. Contractor shall be responsible for adjustment if necessary due to grade changes during landscape construction. K. Contractor shall clean all work areas daily, leaving areas accessible to the public in a `broom clean' condition. L. Open trenches and or hazards shall be protected by chain link fence, snow fencing, or caution tape as directed by the OAR. M. Contractor shall coordinate with OAR for periodic as well as final cleanliness inspection. N. Upon project completion, Contractor shall remove all excess material, construction debris, packing, etc. attributable to his work. 0. Completed project shall be left in a `broom clean' condition. 14101 (1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-27 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho END OF SECTION 32 8400 14101(1/15/16) IRRIGATION 328400-28 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 9115 - SOIL PREPARATION(PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes planting soils specified according to performance requirements of the mixes. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AAPFCO: Association of American Plant Food Control Officials. B. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. This can be amended or unamended soil as indicated. C. CEC: Cation exchange capacity. D. Compost: The product resulting from the controlled biological decomposition of organic material that has been sanitized through the generation of heat and stabilized to the point that it - is beneficial to plant growth. E. Duff Layer: A surface layer of soil, typical of forested areas, that is composed of mostly decayed leaves, twigs, and detritus. F. Imported Soil: Soil that is transported to Project site for use. G. Layered Soil Assembly: A designed series of planting soils, layered on each other, which together produce an environment for plant growth. H. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced by blending soils, sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce planting soil. I. NAPT: North American Proficiency Testing Program. An SSSA program to assist soil-, plant-, and water -testing laboratories through interlaboratory sample exchanges and statistical evaluation of analytical data. J. Organic Matter: The total of organic materials in soil exclusive of undecayed plant and animal tissues, their partial decomposition products, and the soil biomass; also called "humus" or "soil organic matter." 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho K. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified as specified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. L. RCRA Metals: Hazardous metals identified by the EPA under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. M. SSSA: Soil Science Society of America. N. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. O. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. P. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil"; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. Q. USCC: U.S. Composting Council. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include recommendations for application and use. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. 3. Include sieve analyses for aggregate materials. 4. Material Certificates: For each type of imported soil and soil amendment and fertilizer before delivery to the site, according to the following: a. Manufacturer's qualified testing agency's certified analysis of standard products. b. Analysis of fertilizers, by a qualified testing agency, made according to AAPFCO methods for testing and labeling and according to AAPFCO's SUIP #25. C. Analysis of nonstandard materials, by a qualified testing agency, made according to SSSA methods, where applicable. B. Samples: For each bulk -supplied material, 1 -quart volume of each in sealed containers labeled with content, source, and date obtained. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished; provide an accurate representation of composition, color, and texture. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Qualification Data: For each testing agency. Preconstruction Test Reports: For preconstruction soil analyses specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. Field quality -control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent, state -operated, or university -operated laboratory; experienced in soil science, soil testing, and plant nutrition; with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated; and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. 1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction soil analyses on existing, on-site soil. Notify Architect and Landscape Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times when and indicate locations where laboratory samples will be taken. B. Preconstruction Soil Analyses: For each unamended soil type, perform testing on soil samples and furnish soil analysis and a written report containing soil -amendment and fertilizer recommendations by a qualified testing agency performing the testing according to "Soil - Sampling Requirements" and "Testing Requirements" articles. Have testing agency identify and label samples and test reports according to sample collection and labeling requirements. 1.9 SOIL -SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS A. General: Extract soil samples according to requirements in this article. B. Sample Collection and Labeling: Have samples taken and labeled by state -certified, -licensed, or -registered soil scientist under the direction of the testing agency. 1. Number and Location of Samples: Minimum of eight representative soil samples from varied locations for each soil to be used or amended for landscaping purposes. 2. Procedures and Depth of Samples: According to USDA-NRCS's "Field Book for Describing and Sampling Soils." 3. Division of Samples: Split each sample into two, equal parts. Send half to the testing agency and half to Owner for its records. 4. Labeling: Label each sample with the date, location keyed to a site plan or other location system, visible soil condition, and sampling depth. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1.10 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: Perform tests on soil samples according to requirements in this article. B. Physical Testing: Soil Texture: Soil -particle, size -distribution analysis by one of the following methods according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1 -Physical and Mineralogical Methods": a. Sieving Method: Report sand -gradation percentages for very coarse, coarse, medium, fine, and very fine sand; and fragment -gradation (gravel) percentages for fine, medium, and coarse fragments; according to USDA sand and fragment sizes. b. Hydrometer Method: Report percentages of sand, silt, and clay. 2. Bulk Density: Analysis according to core method and clod method of SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1 -Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 3. Total Porosity: Calculate using particle density and bulk density according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1 -Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 4. Water Retention: According to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1 -Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 5. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity: According to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1 -Physical and Mineralogical Methods"; at 85% compaction according to ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). C. Chemical Testing: I. CEC: Analysis by sodium saturation at pH 7 according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 3- Chemical Methods." 2. Clay Mineralogy: Analysis and estimated percentage of expandable clay minerals using CEC by ammonium saturation at pH 7 according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1 -Physical and Mineralogical Methods." 3. Metals Hazardous to Human Health: Test for presence and quantities of RCRA metals including aluminum, arsenic, barium, copper, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If RCRA metals are present, include recommendations for corrective action. 4. Phytotoxicity: Test for plant -available concentrations of phytotoxic minerals including aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chlorides, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, lithium, mercury, nickel, selenium, silver, sodium, strontium, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc. Include oils, herbicides and pesticides. D. Fertility Testing: Soil fertility analysis according to standard laboratory protocol of SSSA NAPT WERA-103, including the following: 1. Percentage of organic matter. 2. CEC, calcium percent of CEC, and magnesium percent of CEC. 3. Soil reaction (acidity/alkalinity pH value). 4. Buffered acidity or alkalinity. 5. Nitrogen ppm. 6. Phosphorous ppm. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 7. Potassium ppm. 8. Manganese ppm. 9. Manganese -availability ppm. 10. Zinc ppm. 11. Zinc availability ppm. 12. Copper ppm. 13. Sodium ppm and sodium absorption ratio. 14. Soluble -salts ppm. 15. Presence and quantities of problem materials including salts and metals cited in the Standard protocol. If such problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective action. 16. Other deleterious materials, including their characteristics and content of each. E. Organic -Matter Content: Analysis using loss -by -ignition method according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 3 -Chemical Methods." F. Recommendations: Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil amendments to be incorporated to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy, viable plants indicated. Include, at a minimum, recommendations for nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium fertilization, and for micronutrients. 1. Fertilizers and Soil Amendment Rates: State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft. for 6-inchdepth of soil. 2. Soil Reaction: State the recommended liming rates for raising pH or sulfur for lowering pH according to the buffered acidity or buffered alkalinity in weight per 1000 sq. ft. for 6-inchdepth of soil. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil -bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Do not move or handle materials when they are wet or frozen. 4. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate certificates. 14101 (1115116) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANTING SOILS SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Planting -Soil Type: Existing, on-site surface soil, with the duff layer, if any, retained; and stockpiled on-site; modified to produce viable planting soil. Using preconstruction soil analyses and materials specified in other articles of this Section, amend existing, on-site surface soil to become planting soil complying with the following requirements: 1. Percentage of Organic Matter: Minimum 6 percent by volume. 2. Soil Reaction: pH of 6.5 to 7.3. 3. CEC of Total Soil: Minimum 10 meq/100 mL at pH of 7.0. 4. CEC of Clay Fraction: Maximum 15 meq/100 nil, at pH of 7.0. 5. Soluble -Salt Content: 5 to 10 dS/m measured by electrical conductivity. 6. Bulk Density: 1.2 g/cu. cm to 1.4 g/cu. cm at 85% compaction. 7. Total Porosity: Minimum 50 percent at 85% compaction. 8. Macro Porosity: Minimum 5 percent at 85% compaction. 9. RCRA Metals: Below maximum limits established by the EPA. 10. Phytotoxicity: Below phytotoxicity limits established by SSSA. B. Planting -Soil Type: Imported, naturally formed soil from off-site sources and consisting of silt loam soil according to USDA textures; and modified to produce viable planting soil. Amend imported soil with materials specified in other articles of this Section to become planting soil complying with the following requirements: 1. Sources: Take imported, unamended soil from sources that are naturally well -drained sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep, not from agricultural land, bogs, or marshes; and that do not contain undesirable organisms; disease -causing plant pathogens; or obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including, but not limited to, quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel, and bromegrass. 2. Additional Properties of Imported Soil before Amending: Minimum of 6 percent organic - matter content, friable, and with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. Clean soil to be of the following: a. Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. b. Unsuitable Materials: Stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand that exceed a combined maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of the imported soil. C. Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand exceeding 2 inches in any dimension. 3. Percentage of Organic Matter: Minimum 6 percent by volume. 4. Soil Reaction: pH of 6.5 to 7.3. 5. CEC of Total Soil: Minimum 10 meq/100 mL at pH of 7.0. 6. CEC of Clay Fraction: Maximum 15 meq/100 mL at pH of 7.0. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 7. Soluble -Salt Content: 5 to 10 dS/m measured by electrical conductivity. 8. Bulk Density: 1.2 g/cu. cm to 1.4 g/cu. cm at 85% compaction. 9. Total Porosity: Minimum 50 percent at 85% compaction. 10. Macro Porosity: Minimum 5 percent at 85% compaction. 11. RCRA Metals: Below maximum limits established by the EPA. 12. Phytotoxicity: Below phytotoxicity limits established by SSSA. 1 2.2 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS (As recommended or required in Testing Reports) A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: 1. Class: T, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 8 sieve and a minimum of 75 percent passing through a No. 60 sieve. 2. Class: O, with a minimum of 95 percent passing through No. 8 sieve and a minimum of 55 percent passing through a No. 60 sieve, 3. Form: Provide lime in form of ground dolomitic limestone. B. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, and containing a minimum of 90 percent elemental sulfur, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 6 sieve and a maximum of 10 percent passing through a No. 40 sieve. C. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur. D. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent passing through a No. 50 sieve. E. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials, and according to ASTM C 33/C 33M. 2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS (As recommended or required in Testing Reports) A. Compost: Well -composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter produced by composting feedstock, and bearing USCC's "Seal of Testing Assurance," and as follows: 1. Feedstock: Limited to leaves. 2. Reaction: pH of 5.5 to 7.5. 3. Soluble -Salt Concentration: Less than 4 dS/m. 4. Moisture Content: 35 to 55 percent by weight. 5. Organic -Matter Content: 30 to 40 percent of dry weight. 6. Particle Size: Minimum of 98 percent passing through a 2 -inch sieve. B. Sphagnum Peat: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or of granular texture with 100 percent passing through a 1/2 -inch sieve, a pH of 3.4 to 4.8, and a soluble -salt content measured by electrical conductivity of maximum 5 dS/m. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115 -7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Muck Peat: Partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed -sedge peat, finely divided or of granular texture with 100 percent passing through a 1/2 -inch sieve, a pH of 6 to 7.5, a soluble -salt content measured by electrical conductivity of maximum 5 dS/m, having a water - absorbing capacity of 1100 to 2000 percent, and containing no sand. D. Wood Derivatives: Shredded and composted, nitrogen -treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture and free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials. 1. Partially Decomposed Wood Derivatives: In lieu of shredded and composted wood derivatives, mix shredded and partially decomposed wood derivatives with ammonium nitrate at a minimum rate of 0.15 lb/cu. ft. of loose sawdust or ground bark, or with ammonium sulfate at a minimum rate of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. of loose sawdust or ground bark. E. Manure: Well -rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed seed, debris, and material harmful to plant growth. Sterilized. 2.4 FERTILIZERS (As recommended or required in Testing Reports) A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. C. Slow -Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water -insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. D. Chelated Iron: Commercial -grade FeEDDHA for dicots and woody plants, and commercial - grade FeDTPA for ornamental grasses and monocots. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Place planting soil and fertilizers according to requirements in other Specification Sections. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in planting soil. i C. Proceed with placement only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Notify Architect and Landscape Architect 7 days minimum prior to beginning work. P 3.2 PREPARATION OF UNAMENDED, ON-SITE SOIL BEFORE AMENDING A. Excavation: Excavate soil from designated area(s) to a depth of 6 inches and stockpile until amended. B. Unacceptable Materials: Clean soil of concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. C. Unsuitable Materials: Clean soil to contain a combined maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand. D. Screening: Pass unamended soil through a 2 -inch sieve to remove large materials. 3.3 PLACING AND MIXING PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE A. General: Apply and mix unamended soil with amendments on-site to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 12 inches. Remove stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. Apply, add soil amendments, and mix approximately half the thickness of unamended soil over prepared, loosened subgrade according to "Mixing" Paragraph below. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil. C. Mixing: Spread unamended soil to total depth of 12 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades after mixing with amendments and natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. Amendments: Apply soil amendments and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them with unamended soil to produce planting soil. a. Mix lime or sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. b. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 2. Lifts: Apply and mix unamended soil and amendments in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. D. Compaction: Compact each blended lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698. E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.4 BLENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLACE A. General: Mix amendments with in-place, unamended soil to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Preparation: Till unamended, existing soil in planting areas to a minimum depth of 12 inches. Remove stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Mixing: Apply soil amendments and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them into full depth of unamended, in-place soil to produce planting soil. I. Mix lime or sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. 2. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. D. Compaction: Compact blended planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698. E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.5 APPLYING COMPOST TO SURFACE OF PLANTING SOIL A. Application: Apply 4 inches of the compost component of planting -soil mix to surface of in- place planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Finish Grading: Grade surface to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Compaction: Test planting -soil compaction after placing each lift and at completion using a densitometer or soil -compaction meter calibrated to a reference test value based on 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 32 9115 - 10 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho laboratory testing according to ASTM D 698. Space tests at no less than one for each 2000 sq. ft. of in-place soil or part thereof. 2. Performance Testing: For each amended planting -soil type, demonstrating compliance with specified performance requirements. Perform testing according to "Soil -Sampling Requirements" and "Testing Requirements" articles. C. Soil will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Label each sample and test report with the date, location keyed to a site plan or other location system, visible conditions when and where sample was taken, and sampling depth. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protection Zone: Identify protection zones according to Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." B. Protect areas of in-place soil from additional compaction, disturbance, and contamination. Prohibit the following practices within these areas except as required to perform planting operations: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Vehicle traffic. 4. Foot traffic. 5. Erection of sheds or structures. 6. Impoundment of water. 7. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. C. If planting soil or subgrade is overcompacted, disturbed, or contaminated by foreign or deleterious materials or liquids, remove the planting soil and contamination; restore the subgrade as directed by Architect and Landscape Architect and replace contaminated planting soil with new planting soil. 3.8 CLEANING A. Protect areas adjacent to planting -soil preparation and placement areas from contamination. Keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable materials, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property unless otherwise indicated. 1. Dispose of excess subsoil and unsuitable materials on-site where directed by Owner. END OF SECTION 32 9115 14101 (1/15/16) SOIL PREPARATION 329115-11 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho SECTION 32 9300 - PLANTS PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plants. 2. Tree stabilization. 3. Landscape edgings. 1.3 UNIT PRICES A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012200 "Unit Prices." B. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from the Work as authorized by Change Orders. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. B. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they were grown, with a ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required; wrapped with burlap, tied, rigidly supported, and drum laced with twine with the root flare visible at the surface of the ball as recommended by ANSI Z60.1. C. Balled and Potted Stock: Plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required. D. Container -Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well -rooted plants grown in a container, with a well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required. E. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. F. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-1 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. Some sources classify herbicides separately from pesticides. G. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants, animals, or people. Pests include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses. H. Planting Area: Areas to be planted. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. J. Plant; Plants; Plant Material: These terms refer to vegetation in general, including trees, shrubs, vines, ground covers, ornamental grasses, bulbs, corms, tubers, or herbaceous vegetation. K. Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk where the stem or trunk broadens to form roots; the area of transition between the root system and the stem or trunk. L. Stem Girdling Roots: Roots that encircle the stems (trunks) of trees below the soil surface. M. Subgrade: The surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordination with Seeded Areas: Plant trees, shrubs, and other plants after finish grades are established and before planting turf areas unless otherwise indicated. When planting trees, shrubs, and other plants after planting seeded areas, protect seeded areas, and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations. 1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Plant Materials: Include quantities, sizes, quality, and sources for plant materials. 2. Plant Photographs: Include color photographs in digital format of each required species and size of plant material as it will be furnished to Project. Take photographs from an angle depicting true size and condition of the typical plant to be furnished. Include a scale rod or other measuring device in each photograph. For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of three photographs showing the average plant, the best 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-2 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho quality plant, and the worst quality plant to be furnished. Identify each photograph with the full scientific name of the plant, plant size, and name of the growing nursery. B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following: 1. Trees and Shrubs: Three Samples of each variety and size delivered to site for review. Maintain approved Samples on-site as a standard for comparison. Architect to review and/or tag plants at place of growth before shipment. 2. Organic Mulch: 1-pintvolume of each organic mulch required; in sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished; provide an accurate representation of color, texture, and organic makeup. 3. Mineral Mulch (Decorative Rock): 1-pintvolume of each organic mulch required; in sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished; provide an accurate representation of color, texture, and organic makeup. 4. Edging Materials and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard size, to verify color selected. 1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. Include list of similar projects completed by Installer demonstrating Installer's capabilities and experience. Include project names, addresses, and year completed, and include names and addresses of owners' contact persons. B. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, from manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer's certified analysis of standard products. 2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. C. Pesticides and Herbicides: Product label and manufacturer's application instructions specific to Proj ect. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of plants during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful establishment of plants. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-3 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburgldaho 1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association. 2. Experience: Five years' experience in landscape installation in addition to requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." 3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress. 4. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in one of the following categories from the Professional Landcare Network: a. Landscape Industry Certified Technician - Exterior. b. Landscape Industry Certified Interior. C. Landscape Industry Certified Horticultural Technician. 5. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. B. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1. Selection of plants purchased under allowances is made by Architect, who tags plants at their place of growth before they are prepared for transplanting. C. Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. 1. Trees and Shrubs: Measure with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Take height measurements from or near the top of the root flare for field -grown stock and container -grown stock. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip to tip. Take caliper measurements 6 inches above the root flare for trees up to 4 -inch caliper size, and 12 inches above the root flare for larger sizes. 2. Other Plants: Measure with stems, petioles, and foliage in their normal position. - D. Plant Material Observation: Architect may observe plant material either at place of growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, cultivar, size, and quality. Architect may also observe trees and shrubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, pests, disease symptoms, injuries, and latent defects and may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. Notify Architect of sources of planting materials fourteen days in advance of delivery to site and coordinate review of plants at source with architect. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable. B. Bulk Materials: 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-4 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. 2. Provide erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials; discharge of soil -bearing water runoff; and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. 3. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials with appropriate certificates. C. Deliver bare -root stock plants within 24 hours of digging. Immediately after digging up bare - root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay, or other suitable material to keep root system moist until planting. Transport in covered, temperature -controlled vehicles, and keep plants cool and protected from sun and wind at all times. D. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from E sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery ` and handling. E. Handle planting stock by root ball. F. Store bulbs, corms, and tubers in a dry place at 60 to 65 deg F until planting. G. Wrap trees and shrubs with burlap fabric over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect from wind and other damage during digging, handling, and transportation. H. Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and trees in their appropriate aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1. Heel -in bare -root stock. Soak roots that are in less than moist condition in water for two j hours. Reject plants with dry roots. 2. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other acceptable material. 3. Water root systems of plants stored on-site deeply and thoroughly with a fine -mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist, but not overly wet condition. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual grade elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation system components, and dimensions of plantings and construction contiguous with new plantings by field measurements before proceeding with planting work. B. Planting Restrictions: 1. Spring Planting: March 15 — May 15. 2. Fall Planting: September 15 — November 15. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-5 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of adequate maintenance, or neglect by Owner. b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over. C. Faulty performance of tree stabilization and edgings. d. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Trees, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamental Grasses: 18 months. b. Ground Covers, Biennials, Perennials, and Other Plants: 18 months. 3. Include the following remedial actions as a minimum: a. Immediately remove dead plants and replace unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. b. Replace plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. C. A limit of one replacement of each plant is required except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. d. Provide extended warranty for period equal to original warranty period, for replaced plant material. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery -grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem form, shearing, and other features indicated in Plant List, Plant Schedule, or Plant Legend indicated on Drawings and complying with ANSI Z60.1; and with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well -shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock, densely foliated when in leaf and free of disease, pests, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-6 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Trees with damaged, crooked, or multiple leaders; tight vertical branches where bark is squeezed between two branches or between branch and trunk ("included bark"); crossing trunks; cut-off limbs more than 3/4 inchin diameter; or with stem girdling roots are unacceptable. 2. Collected Stock: Do not use plants harvested from the wild, from native stands, from an established landscape planting, or not grown in a nursery unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide plants of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI Z60.1 for types and form of plants required. Plants of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Architect, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. C. Root -Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball, which begins at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. Root flare shall be visible before planting. D. Labeling: Label at least one plant of each variety, size, and caliper with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of common name and full scientific name, including genus and species. Include nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar, if applicable for the plant. E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of plants is indicated on Drawings, select stock for uniform height and spread, and number the labels to assure symmetry in planting. F. Annuals and Biennials: Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or listed, with well-established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm ball, but not with excessive root growth encircling the container. Provide only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery. 2.2 FERTILIZERS A. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip -type, long-lasting, slow-release, commercial -grade planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria, converting nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots. 1. Size: 21-gramtablets. 2. Nutrient Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 5 percent potassium, by weight plus micronutrients. 2.3 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1. Type: Ground or shredded bark. 2. Size Range: 4 inches maximum, 1/2 inch minimum. 3. Color: Natural B. Mineral Mulch (Decorative Rock): Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand, clay, and other foreign substances, of the following type, size range, and color: 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-7 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 1. Type: Crushed stone or gravel. 2. Size Range: 12inches maximum, 4inch minimum. 3. Color: Uniform tan -beige color range acceptable to OAR and Landscape Architect. 2.4 PESTICIDES A. General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Pre -Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. C. Post -Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Nonselective): Effective for controlling weed growth that has already germinated. 2.5 TREE -STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Trunk -Stabilization Materials: 1. Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough -sawn, sound, new hardwood, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2 -by -2 -inch nominalby length indicated, pointed at one end. 2. Flexible Ties: Wide rubber or elastic bands or straps of length required to reach stakes or turnbuckles. 3. Flags: Standard surveyor's plastic flagging tape, white, 6 inches long. B. Aluminum Edging: Standard -profile extruded -aluminum edging, ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6, fabricated in standard lengths with interlocking sections with loops stamped from face of sections to receive stakes. 1. Permaloc Corporation. 2. Edging Size: 3/16 inch thick by 5-1/2 inches deep. 3. Stakes: Aluminum, ASTM B 221, Alloy 6061-T6, approximately 1-1/2 inches wide by 12 inches long. 4. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint. a. Paint Color: Black. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Wood Pressure -Preservative Treatment: AWPAU1, Use CategoryUC4a; acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Antidesiccant: Water -insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-8 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho C. Burlap: Non -synthetic, biodegradable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive plants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance of the Work. 1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area. 2. Verify that plants and vehicles loaded with plants can travel to planting locations with adequate overhead clearance. 3. Suspend planting operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results. 4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable or which is dusty. B. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new planting soil. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities and turf areas and existing plants from damage caused by planting operations. B. Install erosion -control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Architect's acceptance of layout before excavating or planting. Make minor adjustments as required. 3.3 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 32 9115. B. Placing Planting Soil: Place manufactured planting soil over exposed subgrade. C. Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-9 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho D. Blend top 2" of existing grade with first 2" of placed soil. 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Planting Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular planting pits. 1. Excavate planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45 -degree angle. Excavations with vertical sides are unacceptable. Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil to prevent settling. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 2. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for balled and burlapped stock. 3. Excavate at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate vertical roots for bare -root stock. 4. Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball, measured from the root flare to the bottom of the root ball. 5. If area under the plant was initially dug too deep, add soil to raise it to the correct level and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling. 6. Maintain angles of repose of adjacent materials to ensure stability. Do not excavate subgrades of adjacent paving, structures, hardscapes, or other new or existing improvements. 7. Maintain supervision of excavations during working hours. 8. Keep excavations covered or otherwise protected when unattended by Installer's personnel. 9. If drain tile is indicated on Drawings or required under planting areas, excavate to top of porous backfill over tile. B. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill soil unless otherwise indicated. C. Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6 -inch -diameter holes, 24 inches apart, into free -draining strata or to a depth of 10 feet, whichever is less, and backfill with free -draining material. D. Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub planting pits. E. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs. 3.5 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PLANTING A. Inspection: At time of planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1. If root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where the top -most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, verify that root ball still meets size requirements. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 32 9300 - 10 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho B. Roots: Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not break. C. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Set each plant plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 2 inches above adjacent finish grades. 1. Backfill: Planting soil. For trees, use excavated soil for backfill. 2. After placing some backfill around root ball to stabilize plant, carefully cut and remove burlap, rope, and wire baskets from tops of root balls and from sides, but do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. — 3. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 4. Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole. a. Quantity:] Three for each caliper inch of plant. 5. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil. D. Container -Grown Stock: Set each plant plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 2 inches above adjacent finish grades. 1. Backfill: Planting soil. For trees, use excavated soil for backfill. 2. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. 3. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 4. Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole. a. Quantity: Three for each caliper inch of plant. E. Slopes: When planting on slopes, set the plant so the root flare on the uphill side is flush with the surrounding soil on the slope; the edge of the root ball on the downhill side will be above the surrounding soil. Apply enough soil to cover the downhill side of the root ball. 3.6 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PRUNING A. Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape. B. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300 - 11 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.7 TREE STABILIZATION A. Trunk Stabilization by Upright Staking and Tying: Install trunk stabilization as follows unless otherwise indicated: Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5 -inch caliper. Stake trees of less than 2 -inch caliper only as required to prevent wind tip out. Use a minimum of three stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend to the dimension indicated on Drawings above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls or root masses. 3.8 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines as indicated on Drawings in even rows with triangular spacing. B. Use planting soil for backfill. C. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots. D. For rooted cutting plants supplied in flats, plant each in a manner that minimally disturbs the root system but to a depth not less than two nodes. E. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. F. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil. G. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery from transplanting shock. 3.9 PLANTING AREA MULCHING A. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated. 1. Trees and Treelike Shrubs in Turf Areas: Apply mulch ring of 2 -inch average thickness. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems. 2. Organic Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 4 -inch average thickness of organic mulch extending 12 inches beyond edge of individual planting pit or trench and over whole surface of planting area, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems. 3. Mineral Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 12 -inch average thickness of mineral mulch over whole surface of area, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 32 9300 - 12 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYU IDAHO Rexburg Idaho 3.10 EDGING INSTALLATION A. Aluminum Edging: Install aluminum edging where indicated according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor with aluminum stakes spaced approximately 36 inches apart, driven below top elevation of edging. 3.11 PLANT MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing tree -stabilization devices, resetting to proper grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. B. Fill in, as necessary, soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. C. Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices when possible to minimize use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents. 3.12 PESTICIDE APPLICATION A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. B. Pre -Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply to tree, shrub, and ground -cover areas according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Do not apply to seeded areas. C. Post -Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply only as necessary to treat already -germinated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.13 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace existing or new trees and other plants that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect. 1. Submit details of proposed pruning and repairs. 2. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours, if approved. 3. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full -growth status, as determined by Architect. B. Remove and replace trees that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition before the end of the corrections period or are damaged during construction operations that Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. 14101 (1115116) PLANTS 32 9300 - 13 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho Provide new trees of same size as those being replaced for each tree of 6 inches or smaller in caliper size. 3.14 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas. B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings. D. After installation and before Substantial Completion, remove nursery tags, nursery stakes, tie tape, labels, wire, burlap, and other debris from plant material, planting areas, and Project site. 3.15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Service for Trees and Shrubs: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of substantial completion. B. Maintenance Service for Ground Cover and Other Plants: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and.continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: END OF SECTION 32 9300 14101 (1/15/16) PLANTS 329300-14 WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho APPENDIX • Specifications for Civil Site Work 14101(1/15/16) APPENDIX Appendix - I WOMEN'S DORMITORY DEMOLITION AND NEW PARKING BYUIDAHO Rexburg Idaho 14101(1/15/16) APPENDIX Appendix - 2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL SITE WORK WOMEN'S DORMITORY AREA - NEW PARKING FACILITIES BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY - IDAHO DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE The civil site work for this project consists of constructing new pedestrian and parking facilities in the area of the present women's dormitories that will be demolished and removed to make room for the new facilities. Work includes further clearing and grubbing of the site after building demolition and removal, excavation and embankment, installation of a storm drainage system including collection and { detention facilities, construction of new curbs and gutters and sidewalks including ADA access — areas and ramps, and construction of new parking lots including ADA accessible parking stalls. j Winston Dyer, PE of The Dyer Group, LLC (208-390-9700) in Rexburg, is the Engineer of Record for the above-described civil site work— providing engineering design, surveying and construction staking, and construction observation of the associated facilities. GENERAL PROVISIONS Water for Construction: The University will make water available from existing facilities wherever possible, at no cost to the contractor, provided suitable precautions are taken to prevent cross - connections and possible contamination of the water supply. Coordinate with University personnel whenever drawing water from University water supplies. Access and Safety: At all times conduct work so as to insure to the greatest possible degree the uninterrupted convenience and safety of the general public and access to areas adjacent to the work. As appropriate, properly close the pedestrian sidewalk and parking areas during construction, providing appropriate signage, work area closure, and pedestrian detour routes. Noise Impact: To minimize noise impacts on campus, do not conduct civil site work construction activities between the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m., unless approved otherwise by the Owner. Submittals: Furnish shop drawings, equipment or materials catalog cuts, and other similar information to the Engineer for review and approval of all equipment and materials proposed for use on the civil site work prior to beginning instruction. Promptly correct and resubmit any submittals deemed unsatisfactory by the Engineer. Testing: Furnish certified in-house or third party quality control testing necessary to assure the workmanship and materials are in accordance with specified compaction requirements as defined later in these Specifications. This includes materials, compaction, and concrete quality. Assure Owner or Owner's representative observes and verifies all testing. Provide written records to the Owner immediately after testing. Surveying: The Engineer has established general survey control and will provide the construction staking for the storm drain piping and structures; curbs, gutters, and sidewalks; and parking lot construction. This will include establishing several vertical benchmarks. The Contractor will be responsible to lay out the work as needed beyond the identified construction staking. Civil Site Work Specifications 1 of 10 Traffic Control: Furnish all necessary pedestrian and traffic control for this project in accordance with the Standard Specifications and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). It will be necessary to set up for appropriate pedestrian diversion around the work area during construction of the storm drainage facilities and parking lot areas. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS Standard Specifications for the civil site work will follow the Idaho Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2015 edition. Standard Specifications applicable to this project are: Section No. Description 201 Clearing and Grubbing and Removal of Obstructions 202 Excavation and Embankment 204 Structural Excavation and Compacting Backfill 301 Trench Excavation 303 Exploratory Excavation 305 Pipe Bedding 306 Trench Backfill 601 Culvert, Storm Drain and Gravity Irrigation Pipe 602 Storm Drain Inlets, Catch basins, Manholes, and Gravity Irrigation Structures 701 Concrete Formwork 702 Concrete Reinforcement 703 Cast in Place Concrete 706 Other Concrete Construction 801 Uncrushed Aggregates 802 Crushed Aggregates 803 Plant Mix Aggregates 805 Asphalt 810 Plant Mix Pavement 1103 Construction Traffic Control 2050 Construction Geotextiles Standard Drawings applicable to this project are: Section No. Description SD -301 Typical Trench SD -302 Typical Pipe Bedding Section PROJECT SPECIFIC CHANGES OR CLARIFICATIONS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following special provisions amend, modify, change, or clarify Standard Specifications as necessary for this project: Civil Site Work Specifications 2 of 10 1) Section 202 Excavation and Embankment: The parking lot areas once had other improvements on them. If abandoned concrete foundations or unsuitable foundation material are encountered during parking lot excavation work, then additional compensation will be considered for work necessary to remove and dispose of such conflicts after field observation of conditions and approval of the Architect and Owner. Do not scarify the subgrade but do coordinate with the Engineer concerning uniformity prior to placing separator fabric. Use Class A (mechanical) compaction for all embankments. 2) Section 305 Pipe Bedding: Use Type I pipe bedding sorted from available excavated material and use Class A-1 Bedding System. 3) Section 306 Trench Backfill: Use Type A-1 trench backfill and compaction (mechanical) in all areas in lifts not to exceed 9". Restore topsoil at the top of the trench backfill in landscaped areas. Make extra effort and provide suitable equipment to properly compact around catch basins, manholes, and light pole bases. 4) Section 703 Cast in Place Concrete: Use Class 4000A or 4000AF (4000 psi) for all concrete on this project. Place %" expansion joint next to existing concrete or structures. See Specifications for additional information on placing, jointing, finishing, and curing of new concrete. 5) Section 801 Uncrushed Aggregate: Clarification is given that this specification refers to uncrushed aggregates, sometimes referred to in these contract documents as granular borrow or pit run gravel. Use 6" gradation or finer and provide proctor for material. 6) Section 802 Crushed Aggregate: Use Type 1(3/4" crushed material) gradation and provide proctor for material. 7) Section 803 Plant Mix Aggregates: Use 1/2" size gradation (commercial mix) and provide Marshall Mix design. 8) Section 805 Asphalt: Use PG 58-28 asphaltic concrete for parking lot pavement. 9) Section 2050 Construction Geotextiles: Use Type I - moderate survivability, non -woven subgrade separation geotextile for paving section. Provide submittals for approval prior to ordering material. MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS The following material specifications supersede or clarify those listed in the Standard Specifications: ASTM D-3034 SDR 26 pipe for storm drain 4000 psi concrete and grade 60 reinforcement for concrete curbs, sidewalks, light pole bases, and precast structures 6" minus material or finer for granular borrow ("uncrushed aggregate") 3/4" minus material for road base ("crushed aggregate') 1/2" minus material for plant mix pavement with PG 58-28 asphaltic concrete for parking lot Civil Site Work Specifications 3 of 10 pavement and street repairs (commercial mix) Type I — moderate survivability, non -woven subgrade separation and drainage geotextiles STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM General: it is required to construct storm drainage systems within the new parking lot areas to properly collect, detain, and dispose of storm water runoff. This work includes installation of catch basins, storm drain piping, and two special storm water detention structures as detailed on the Drawings. It also includes extending storm drainage discharge piping along 1st East in the City of Rexburg from the detention structures to a point of connection to the City's existing storm drain system. Materials: use the following materials: • ASTM D-3034 SDR 26 PVC pipe for storm drain • ASTM C-478 precast reinforced concrete manhole sections for manholes and catch basins • Heavy duty cast iron frame and grate with curb style inlet on catch basins, Neenah R -3067-L or approved equal • Heavy duty cast iron manhole ring and cover for manholes • Non -shrink grout for grouting pipe connections to catch basins • 4,000 psi concrete and grade 60 reinforcing steel for concrete collars around manhole covers in paved areas • ASTM A-760 corrugated steel pipe for storm water detention structures, 16 gauge, 2-2/3" x Yi' corrugations, with ASTM A-929 aluminized type 2 coating, T' W flat neoprene gaskets, and single piece bands; Contech or approved equal • Canal gate for control gates in detention basin outlet manholes, Waterman C-10 with non - rising stem or approved equal • Street repair aggregates, Plowable concrete fill, and hot asphalt plant mix pavement in accordance with the Standard Specifications and information given above in the "Materials and Substitutions" section • Non -shrink grout for grouting pipe connections to catch basins Workmanship: The Engineerwill provide construction staking forthe pipeline, manhole, and catch basin locations. Further lay out the work for storm drain system construction as required from the control and staking provided. Prior to beginning construction on that portion of the storm drainage system within City streets, perform exploratory excavation to locate potential utility conflicts and coordinate with the Engineer so that adjustments to the vertical design may be made where necessary. Any required adjustments of existing utilities will be considered additional to the contract. For removing asphalt above the new trench in the City streets, cut the existing asphalt on a neat line full depth prior to attempting to remove the asphalt so as to avoid damage to remaining asphalt. Civil Site Work Specifications 4 of 10 Carefully excavate along the existing manhole at the point of connecting the new storm drain to the City's existing storm drain system. Core the manhole as required and furnish a flexible rubber gasket to make the connection of the new storm drain line to the existing manhole. Install the storm drainage system piping, manholes, and catch basins in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Install catch basins to required elevations, which will then control the elevation and grade of the connecting storm drain pipe between them. Furnish and place the required curb inlet grates on the catch basins, adjusting them to proper grade (0.10 ft. below finished gutter grade) by using concrete grade rings and grout as required. Before inserting PVC pipe into manholes and catch basins for connection, treat the area on the pipe that will be grouted in the structure wall as follows. Apply PVC primer on the exterior of the PVC pipe that will be in the grout area. Then coat the primed area with PVC cement. Then sprinkle clean silica or Ottawa sand on the PVC cement, allowing the application to cure for a minimum of 15 minutes before placing the pipe in the wall of the structure and applying non -shrink grout. This will assure a watertight bond between the PVC pipe and the concrete grout. Thoroughly compact backfill in the pipe trenches and especially around new catch basins and manholes to 96% of maximum density. Furnish the services of a certified testing laboratory to establish maximum density targets (proctors) fortrench backfill, to conduct compaction testing, and to prepare and furnish materials testing reports. Conduct compaction testing at a minimum rate of 4 tests per each 100 ft. of pipeline at various elevations in the backfill; or otherwise at the Engineer's direction as may be deemed appropriate. Assure Engineer or Owner's representative is present to observe all testing used to establish acceptability of the completed work. Promptly record all testing results in standard written reporting format and provide two copies to the Engineer. Re -compact and re -test any areas not meeting compaction specifications until acceptable results are obtained, without additional cost to the Owner. Record and provide specific written evidence of areas re -tested, correlated to earlier testing reports, to provide definitive evidence that deficiencies have been corrected and provide copies of the reports to the Engineer as noted above. t Install the storm water detention structures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish and compact crushed gravel material around the pipelines to provide L adequate bedding and stability as detailed on the Drawings. Installing manhole ring and cover over the vertical access from the structure, taking precaution to support the ring and cover on a concrete grade ring founded on compacted gravel material, and not bearing on the vertical CMP riser. Provide and install welded steel piping as required to construct the discharge piping from the outlet of the detention structure to the adjacent control manhole. Furnish and install a canal gate interior to the control manhole as detailed on the Drawings. Provide a water valve box lid and cover in the precast manhole roof, oriented to be above the gate stem so the gate can be operated from above. Set initial gate opening as directed by the Rexburg City Engineer. Perform street repair in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Backfill the trench to the elevation necessary to leave room for the specified layer of Plowable concrete fill, and dispose of remaining trench excavation materials at an approved excess material site. Just prior to paving the asphalt repair on the completed trench, trim the existing asphalt back an additional 12" by saw cutting and removing the asphalt material. Civil Site Work Specifications 5 of 10 Compact plant mix pavement to 95% of target density as established by a Marshall Mix design. Conduct compaction testing on the completed asphalt pavement at the rate of one test per every 50 feet along the completed trench line, or portion thereof. After paving is completed, carefully cut out and remove asphalt and base gravels around the storm drain manhole rings and covers. Adjust the rings and covers to finished grade elevation. After positioning them to proper location and elevation, grout any voids between the frame and the underlying concrete manhole structure or concrete grade ring with non -shrink concrete grout. Then construct the reinforced concrete ring around the rings and covers as detailed on the Drawings. Protect concrete until properly and sufficiently set to avoid damage from vandalism, pedestrians, vehicles, etc. The City of Rexburg will restore pavement markings on the repaired trench areas. PARKING LOT CONSTRUCTION General: It is required to construct the parking areas as detailed on the Drawings. Work includes clearing and grubbing of foundation areas, excavation and embankment, grading to proper subgrade, placement of separator fabric and base gravels, plant mix paving, and compaction testing and reporting. Concrete curb and gutter is a separate Specification item. Materials: Follow provisions of the Standard Specifications and refer to the "Materials and I Substitutions" section of these Specifications for geotextile separator fabric, pit run gravel material (uncrushed aggregate), crushed gravel material (crushed aggregate), and plant mix pavement. Furnish material properties, gradations, proctors, and mix designs for the materials proposed for use. - Workmanship: Restrict traffic and pedestrian access to the work area in accordance with the MUTCD, providing clearly delineated detours where appropriate. Closely coordinate with the Owner's representative to provide information on closures, schedule, and potential impacts so information can be disseminated to faculty and students. The Engineer will provide general boundaries, elevation control, and grade stakes where appropriate such as at grade breaks (curb and gutter staking will also be provided under the curb and gutter specification). Lay out the work from there, including determining proper subgrade elevations and grades, especially in tip -out curb areas. Follow the provisions in applicable sections of the Standard Specifications for clearing and grubbing, excavation and embankment, material furnishing and placement, and paving. Excavate out or construct embankment in the existing parking lot construction area to achieve the required subgrade elevation for the new construction. Trees and landscaped areas to be retained and protected are identified elsewhere in the Architectural Drawings. Separately stockpile topsoil that is removed from the work area and later place the topsoil on the surface of landscaped areas where topsoil is to be used. Remove all excess excavated material as required and properly dispose of it at a contractor -furnished excess material site. Conduct compaction tests on embankment at the rate of one test per every 100 yd', conducted and reported by a certified independent materials tester as described later in this Specification. Civil Site Work Specifications 6 of 10 Shape and compact the parking lot subgrade. After Engineer's field review and acceptance of the subgrade, furnish and place the geotextile separator fabric assuring proper overlap of joints, full coverage under base gravels, and lap up the sides of any excavated areas. Then furnish, place, and compact the pit run material in accordance with the Standard Specifications, taking care not to disturb or damage the separator fabric. Likewise furnish, place, and compact the %" crushed gravel material and plant mix pavement in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Compact granular materials to 96% of maximum density and plant mix pavement to 95% of target density as established by a Marshall Mix design. Use a straight edge or string line to assure uniform grade and no humps or "bird baths" in the finished asphalt pavement surface. Furnish the services of a certified testing laboratory to establish maximum density targets (proctors) for furnished gravel materials, to conduct compaction testing, and to prepare and furnish materials testing reports. Conduct a minimum of 5 compaction tests in each 100' x 100' area for each material course constructed; or otherwise at the Engineer's direction as may be deemed appropriate. Assure Engineer or Owner's representative is present to observe all testing used to establish acceptability of the completed work. Promptly record all testing results in standard written reporting format and provide two copies to the Engineer. Re -compact and re -test any areas not meeting compaction specifications until acceptable results are obtained, without additional cost to the Owner. Record and provide specific written evidence of areas re -tested, correlated to earlier testing reports, to provide definitive evidence that deficiencies have been corrected and provide copies of the reports to the Engineer as noted above. Layout and painting of the parking lot striping will be furnished by the University. CURB AND GUTTER General: It is required to construct curb and gutter around the new parking lot areas and other areas as noted in the Drawings. Work includes construction of new concrete curb and gutter in these areas (required demolition work is covered under other Specifications) which includes grading and subgrade compaction, furnishing and placing crushed gravel aggregate, and constructing reinforced concrete curb and gutter as detailed on the Drawings and finishing and curing them in accordance with this Specification. Materials: Refer to the "Materials and Substitutions" section of these Special Provisions for crushed gravel material (crushed aggregate), reinforcement, and concrete material. Use monomolecular evaporation reducer on freshly placed concrete, Confilm as manufactured by BASF or E -CON manufactured by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., or Owner approved equal. Use resin and water based curing compound on finished concrete, 1100 Clear as manufactured by W. R. Meadows, or Owner approved equal. Workmanship: Provide pedestrian and traffic control as appropriate to restrict access to the work area, clearly closing areas and providing marked detours as appropriate. Furnish, place, and compact the required crushed gravel base layer under the new curb and gutter section. Furnish the services of a qualified materials tester and take two compaction tests every 100 ft. (or as directed by the Engineer) and provide two copies of the written reports to the Civil Site Work Specifications 7 of 10 Engineer. Assure the Engineer or Owner's representative is present to observe the compaction testing. Follow the provisions of the Standard Specifications in constructing the new concrete curb and gutter. Match the dimensions shown for the curb and gutter on the Drawings. Place premolded joint filler at the beginning and end of the construction area, at the corners where curb radii begin and end, and at the edges of the new driveway accesses that are to be constructed. Furnish the services of a qualified concrete materials tester to test the concrete being placed. Test for slump and entrained air content from the first truckload of delivered concrete and then again after placement of every 50 yd .3 of curb and gutter. Take one set of three concrete test cylinders and test for compressive strength, one at seven days and the remaining two at 28 days. Provide two copies of written concrete quality and strength reports to the Engineer. Construct curb cuts as shown on the Drawings to accommodate the ADA accesses. Place reinforcing steel in the new gutter section in the area of the new driveway accesses as shown on the Drawings, making sure the reinforcement is held up in the concrete section and not depressed to the bottom during construction. Construct contraction joints in the curb and gutter at 10 foot intervals, tooling the edges of the joints and taking care to make sure no„ humps” associated with constructing the joints are left in the gutter flowline. Check the flowline and for proper drainage with a string line and level. After placement, consolidation, and screeding of the concrete; immediately apply the specified monomolecular evaporation reducer in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and float the constructed curb and gutter section with a wood or magnesium float — do not use steel finishing tools and do not trowel new concrete surfaces. Apply a light broom finish, parallel to the length of the curb. Then immediately after brooming, apply the specified curing compound in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, thoroughly covering all surfaces including the vertical faces of the curb base (immediately after form removal if need be). Furnish a laborer to stay with the newly placed and finished concrete fora minimum of4 hours after placement of the curing compound to assure protection of the concrete and curing compound from vandalism and/or trespass by humans or animals. Promptly remove and replace at no additional cost to the Owner any newly constructed concrete that is damaged. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ADA ACCESSES General: It is required to construct new reinforced concrete sidewalks, driveways, and ADA as shown and detailed on the Drawings. Work includes grading and subgrade compaction, furnishing and placing crushed gravel base aggregate, and constructing reinforced concrete as detailed on the Drawings and finishing and curing them in accordance with this Specification. Materials: Refer to the "Materials and Substitutions" section of these Special Provisions for crushed gravel material (crushed aggregate), reinforcement, and concrete material. Use monomolecular evaporation reducer on freshly placed concrete, Confilm as manufactured by BASF or E -CON manufactured by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., or Owner approved equal. Use resin and Civil Site Work Specifications 8 of 10 water based curing compound on finished concrete, 1100 Clear as manufactured by W. R. Meadows, or Owner approved equal. Furnish and use Salem red colored detectable warning panels for the ADA accesses, CASTinTACT 3 with accompanying special installation tools and wet set premix as manufactured by Masons Supply Co., ADA Ards Tactile, or Owner approved equal. Workmanship: Provide pedestrian and traffic control as appropriate to restrict access to the work area, clearly closing areas and providing marked pedestrian detours as appropriate. Assure the new concrete areas have been excavated to the required depths and grades necessary to accommodate the base gravel and concrete construction. Furnish, place, and compact the required crushed gravel base layer under the concrete sections. Furnish the services of a qualified materials tester and take compaction tests twice in each driveway area and then every 50 ft. along the length of the crushed gravel base section under the sidewalk areas. Provide two copies of the written reports to the Engineer. Assure the Engineer or Owner's representative is present to observe the compaction testing. Follow the provisions of the Standard Specifications in constructing the new concrete sidewalks, driveways, and ADA access — matching the dimensions and specifications shown on the Drawings which constitutes the University standard for sidewalk construction in order to accommodate snow removal tractors and other light vehicles that will frequently travel over the completed sidewalks. Place premolded joint filler next to existing concrete to remain, at the corners where curb radii begin and end, at the edges of the new driveway accesses, and otherwise at maximum 40 ft. intervals. In constructing the new sidewalk, assure a smooth and uniform transition to the existing remaining sidewalk and that expansion joint material does not protrude above the sidewalk surface in any _ location. Furnish and place the reinforcing steel grid in the new concrete areas as shown on the Drawings, using plain or wired dobies (not chairs) to support the rebar grid sufficient to assure the reinforcement remains up in the middle of concrete section and cannot be depressed to the bottom during construction. Note that reinforcement goes through expansion joints as shown on the Drawings. Construct full width, tooled contraction control joints with rounded edges in the sidewalk at 5 foot intervals. Take special precaution to place additional control joints at any re-entrant corners or penetrations of the new sidewalk such as the light pole foundations, valve boxes, utility covers, etc. to address the likely cracking that will occur at such areas without proper additional jointing. Furnish the services of a qualified concrete materials tester to test the concrete being placed. Test for slump and entrained air content from the first truckload of delivered concrete and then again after placement of approximately 50 yd .3 of concrete material. Take two sets of three concrete test cylinders and test for compressive strength, one cylinder at seven days and the remaining two at 28 days for each set. Provide two copies of written concrete quality and strength reports to the Engineer. Construct the ADA accesses at the locations shown and in accordance with the details on the Drawings, incorporating necessary transition slopes and not exceeding the maximum slopes specified for the ADA access. Measure and verify the slopes in the field just after concrete placement and screeding to verify compliance with this requirement. Civil Site Work Specifications 9 of 10 Furnish and place appropriately sized detectable warning panels in the freshly placed ADA accesses and ADA parking areas, strictly following the manufacturer's directions including furnishing and utilizing any required special placement tools and wet set grout premix to properly install the panels and assure adherence to the freshly placed concrete substrate. Do not add additional water to the sidewalk concrete mix in the delivery trucks without the express knowledge and approval of the Engineer. Do not "soup up" the concrete mix to aid in or facilitate placement and finishing. Similarly, the use of "gandy dancers" or other similar devices to force aggregate away from the concrete surface to facilitate finishing is strictly prohibited. Place new concrete and consolidate with concrete vibrators operated in a vertical direction —do not use vibrators to move or "flow" new concrete to areas away from initial placement. Screed concrete to the required lines and grades after placement and consolidation of the concrete. Immediately after placement, consolidation, and screeding of the concrete, apply the specified monomolecular evaporation reducer in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and float the constructed sidewalk section with a magnesium float — do not use steel finishing tools and do not trowel new concrete surfaces. Take care in changing directions of the float at the front and back of the sidewalk to avoid inadvertently creating humps or dips in the sidewalk surface. Apply a light broom finish, perpendicular to the street or the long axis of the sidewalk. Then immediately after brooming, apply the specified curing compound in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, thoroughly covering all surfaces, including the vertical faces of the placed concrete immediately after form removal. Provide construction candles and string out construction warning tape to keep pedestrians and vehicles well away from and out of the newly constructed sidewalk and driveway areas. Furnish a laborer to stay with the newly placed and finished concrete for a minimum of 4 hours after placement of the curing compound to assure protection of the concrete and curing compound from vandalism and/or trespass by humans or animals. Promptly remove and replace any newly constructed concrete that is damaged at no additional cost to the Owner. -- End of Civil Site Work Specifications -- Civil Site Work Specifications 10 of 10